{"title":"Lighting","description":"\u003cp\u003eCoral needs light the way plants need light, and the fixture you choose sets how well it grows and how it colours up. Our marine lighting range covers Aqua Illumination, EcoTech Marine, Red Sea and Fluval fixtures, from nano tanks through to full length reef displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProgrammable LEDs let you set a spectrum and a daily curve, run a sunrise and sunset, and hold acclimation levels while new corals adjust. Blue heavy spectrums bring out coral fluorescence, which is why reef tanks look the way they do under actinic light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMounting arms, hanging kits, controllers and diffusers are stocked alongside the fixtures. Our team can size a light to your tank footprint and the corals you plan to keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipped Australia wide from our North Lakes store in Brisbane.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"fluval-marine-led-light-unit-3-0-115-145cm-59w","title":"Fluval MARINE LED Light Unit 3.0 115 - 145cm 59w","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFull-spectrum reef lighting with measured brightness at depth.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fluval MARINE LED Light Unit 3.0 115 - 145cm 59w is a 336-LED, 59-watt marine and reef fixture from Fluval's Marine 3.0 range. It runs a seven-band spectrum with Bluetooth app control, and its adjustable mounting legs extend to fit tank lengths from 115cm to 145cm. It suits larger saltwater fish-only and reef displays needing strong, even lighting across a long tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e336 LEDs across seven wavelength bands (400, 420, 440, 460, 480nm, a 10,000-13,000K white channel and pink) for full-spectrum coral and fish colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFluvalSmart Bluetooth app control: programmable 24-hour cycle (sunrise, midday, sunset, night) plus Sunny Reef, Deep Sea Glo and Colour Burst presets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndependent colour-channel dimming through the app; a touch-switch on the unit gives manual on\/off, blue-light and dimming control without a phone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIP67-rated aluminium housing, designed for direct mounting above the water surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLEDs rated by Fluval for 50,000 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe largest and highest-output fixture in the four-model Marine 3.0 range (22W, 32W, 46W, 59W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFLED57\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBarcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e015561145176\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand \/ range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFluval Marine 3.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e336\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED rated lifespan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50,000 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits tank length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 - 145cm (adjustable mounting legs)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIngress protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP67\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpectrum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400, 420, 440, 460, 480nm, 10,000-13,000K white, pink (7 bands)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFluvalSmart app (Bluetooth) and manual touch-switch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHousing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaltwater (marine \/ reef)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance \/ PAR at depth\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluval publishes centre-beam PAR and illuminance for the 59W fixture at four measured distances rather than an even 15\/30\/45\/60cm ladder, and has not published edge-of-tank readings or the mounting height used for testing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDistance from fixture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePAR (µmol\/m²\/s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIlluminance (lux)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8cm (3in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17,120\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15cm (6in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e243\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9,210\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30cm (12in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e102\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,270\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46cm (18in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,580\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are centre, direct-beam figures only. Treat the edges of a 115 - 145cm tank as receiving noticeably less light than the centre, and confirm PAR at the coral's actual position with your own meter before placing light-demanding SPS below about 30-45cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mounting legs adjust to fit tank lengths from 115cm to 145cm, the top of the Marine 3.0 size range. The legs adjust for tank length, not width, so measure width separately and check clearance above the waterline and any hood before mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for \/ not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: large marine fish-only and reef tanks 115 - 145cm long, keepers wanting app-based scheduling and colour control, softies and LPS corals within the tested PAR range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for: tanks shorter than 115cm or longer than 145cm; freshwater planted tanks (this uses Fluval's marine spectrum, not the Plant 3.0 range); SPS-heavy setups without independently confirming PAR at coral depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRunning costs and noise\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 59W, an assumed 8-hour daily photoperiod works out to roughly 172 kWh a year; actual cost depends on your electricity rate and lighting schedule. Fluval describes the aluminium housing as providing heat dissipation but does not mention a cooling fan for this fixture, and we cannot independently confirm whether it runs fully silent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit is covered by Australian Consumer Law consumer guarantees regardless of any manufacturer warranty term. We have not been able to confirm Fluval's specific manufacturer warranty period for this model in Australia from published sources, so contact us to confirm current terms before you buy. Standard courier delivery applies Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat tank sizes does this light fit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable mounting legs extend to fit tank lengths from 115cm to 145cm only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I control it from my phone?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, via the free FluvalSmart app over Bluetooth for programmable cycles, colour presets and channel dimming. A touch-switch on the unit also gives manual control without the app.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs there PAR data for deep reef tanks?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluval publishes centre-beam PAR at 8, 15, 30 and 46cm from the fixture (see Performance above). Edge values and PAR beyond 46cm are not published, so check deeper or wider tanks with your own meter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this the biggest light in the Marine 3.0 range?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The range runs 22W, 32W, 46W and 59W; this 59W, 115 - 145cm unit is the largest and highest-output model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long do the LEDs last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluval rates them at 50,000 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this work over a freshwater planted tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is built for Fluval's marine spectrum for corals, invertebrates and marine fish. For planted freshwater tanks, Fluval sells a separate Plant 3.0 range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774146793763,"sku":"FLED57","price":489.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/fluval-marine-led-light-unit-43875395502371.webp?v=1790236364"},{"product_id":"fluval-led-reef-light-4-0","title":"Fluval LED Reef Light 4.0","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReef-spectrum LED lighting with a published PAR curve, not just a wattage number.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fluval Reef 4.0 is a Bluetooth-controlled marine LED fixture built for coral growth and colour, sold in four wattages that scale to fit tanks from 38 cm to 148 cm. Every wattage runs the same spectrum and app; the difference between them is length, LED count and how much light reaches a given depth, covered in the performance table below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReef spectrum with deep blues and actinic\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 10000–13000K white channel plus 400 nm, 420 nm, 440 nm, 460 nm, 480 nm and pink LEDs, tuned for coral growth and fluorescence rather than plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFluvalConnect app control\u003c\/strong\u003e — Bluetooth Mesh lets you program a 24-hour cycle and adjust intensity and colour from your phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIP67-rated housing\u003c\/strong\u003e — sealed against splash and humidity above an open-top tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtendable mounting brackets\u003c\/strong\u003e — adjust to fit the tank lengths in the table below without buying a different bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour wattages, one spectrum\u003c\/strong\u003e — 22 W, 32 W, 46 W and 59 W scale the fixture to the tank rather than changing the light quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits tank length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLEDs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38.4–63 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e99\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 lm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFLED87\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58.9–88.9 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e168\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,550 lm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFLED88\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88.2–125.8 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e252\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,250 lm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFLED89\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110.5–148.1 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e336\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,900 lm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFLED90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll four wattages share the same spectrum, IP67 housing, FluvalConnect app control and extendable bracket system. Colour temperature is rated at 25000 K.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich wattage do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch the wattage to your tank's external length, not its volume — a long shallow tank and a short deep one of the same litres need different lengths of light. The bracket on every wattage extends to cover a range, so measure your tank before ordering rather than rounding to the nearest model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerformance: PAR at depth\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePAR (Photosynthetically Active Radiation) is what actually reaches your corals — wattage on its own does not tell you that. Fluval publishes PAR curves for the 32 W and 46 W models, measured directly under the fixture:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDistance below fixture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e32 W — PAR\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e46 W — PAR\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.6 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003ePAR falls off fast — by 45.7 cm the 32 W model reads roughly a tenth of its value at 7.6 cm. For SPS and other high-light corals, keep the colony in the top third of the water column, or step up a wattage rather than running a smaller fixture close to the substrate. Fluval has not published a separate PAR curve for the 22 W or 59 W models. Expect the 22 W to track below the 32 W figures and the 59 W to track above the 46 W figures at the same distances, but treat that as an estimate, not a measured value, until Fluval publishes one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reef and marine fish-only-with-live-rock tanks, soft corals and LPS across all four wattages, and SPS in the upper water column on the 32 W and larger where PAR is confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater planted tanks — this is a marine spectrum, not the warmer white and red spectrum a planted tank needs. Also not a substitute for supplemental lighting on tanks deeper than about 60 cm running demanding SPS, where PAR at the sand bed will be low regardless of wattage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eRunning costs and noise\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSilent — there is no fan. Indicative running cost, based on a 10-hour reef photoperiod at 30c\/kWh:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnnual kWh\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. annual cost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 kWh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$24\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e117 kWh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e168 kWh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e215 kWh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$65\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn in-tank or cable suspension bracket if you want the fixture hung above a rimless tank rather than resting on the glass. Check the mounting hardware is rated for the Reef 4.0 specifically before buying — Fluval sells a different bracket for the older 3.0 series lights that is not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Fluval's manufacturer warranty of up to 4 years against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Built for 240 V \/ 50 Hz Australian mains with an AU plug. Standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the four wattages?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eLength and light intensity, not spectrum — all four run the same reef-spectrum LEDs and app. Choose by your tank's external length using the specifications table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I run this on a freshwater planted tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can, but it isn't built for it. The spectrum is weighted for coral colour and growth rather than plant photosynthesis; a Fluval Plant series light will do more for a planted tank per watt.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need the FluvalConnect app to use it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the Reef 4.0 is operated through the app rather than a physical remote or onboard buttons, so you'll need a compatible phone or tablet nearby to set up and adjust your lighting schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this grow SPS coral?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 32 W and 46 W models deliver a measured PAR of 450–460 in the top 7.6 cm of water, which is in SPS range. Depth and coral placement matter as much as wattage — keep demanding corals high in the tank rather than relying on wattage alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs it splash-safe over an open-top tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the housing is IP67-rated against water, moisture and dust.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"22w","offer_id":54774147055907,"sku":"FLED87","price":265.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"32w","offer_id":55335018397987,"sku":"FLED88","price":550.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"46w","offer_id":55335018430755,"sku":"FLED89","price":428.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"59w","offer_id":55335018463523,"sku":"FLED90","price":486.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/fluval-led-reef-light-4-0-43314170102051.webp?v=1790237814"},{"product_id":"fluval-led-aquasky-rgbw-3-0","title":"Fluval LED Aquasky RGB+W 3.0","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn app-controlled RGB and white LED for freshwater, planted and fish-only marine tanks.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fluval Aquasky 3.0 combines red, green and blue LEDs with two whites (4,000 K and 10,000 K; K, or kelvin, describes how warm or cool white light looks) so you can set both brightness and colour. You control it over Bluetooth and Wi-Fi (2.4 GHz) through the free FluvalConnect app for iOS and Android.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgrammable 24 hour cycle\u003c\/strong\u003e with sunrise, midday, dusk and night settings, plus weather and special effects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIP67 rated\u003c\/strong\u003e (a standard sealing rating against dust and water), with a glass lens and aluminium alloy frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e extendable brackets, under-canopy mounting clips, and clips for T5 or T8 retrofit kits (kits that let an LED sit where an old fluorescent tube was).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED life\u003c\/strong\u003e rated by Fluval at 50,000 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 W: tanks 38 to 63 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 W: tanks 53 to 84 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e21 W: tanks 75 to 106 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e27 W: tanks 91 to 123 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e33 W: tanks 115 to 146 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize shown is the range of tank lengths the brackets extend to\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl: Bluetooth and Wi-Fi (2.4 GHz), FluvalConnect app\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower supply: 100 to 240 V input, 24 V output\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: LED light with 2 m cord, power supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluval lists the Aquasky 3.0 for freshwater, planted and fish-only marine aquariums. It is not listed by Fluval for reef tanks with corals. Measure the outside length of your tank and choose the size whose bracket range covers it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the light with a damp cloth only; Fluval says not to use detergents or harsh cleaners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor indoor use only. Fluval says not to immerse the light, so keep it on its brackets above the water, and plug the power supply into an RCD (safety switch) protected outlet clear of splash.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour rights under Australian Consumer Law apply. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"12w","offer_id":54774147154211,"sku":"FLED91","price":139.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"16w","offer_id":55335017906467,"sku":"FLED92","price":176.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"21w","offer_id":55335017939235,"sku":"FLED93","price":205.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"27w","offer_id":55335017972003,"sku":"FLED94","price":220.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"33w","offer_id":55335018004771,"sku":"FLED96","price":264.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/fluval-led-aquasky-rgbw-3-0-43314159681827.webp?v=1790237814"},{"product_id":"fluval-flex-led-aquasky-fresh-light-123ltr-21w","title":"Fluval Flex LED Aquasky Fresh. Light 123ltr 21w","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine replacement Aquasky LED for the Fluval Flex 123 L.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the factory freshwater lighting unit for the Fluval Flex 32.5 US Gal (123 L) aquarium — a 21 W fixture combining warm-white and full-colour RGB LEDs, controlled from the FluvalSmart app over Bluetooth. If the lamp on your Flex 123 L has failed, flooded, or lost colour control, this restores it to factory condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e21 W LED array\u003c\/strong\u003e — 6500K white LEDs for daytime viewing, plus independently adjustable RGB LEDs for colour and effects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFluvalSmart app control\u003c\/strong\u003e — set colour, brightness and timing from a phone over Bluetooth; no separate controller needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather effects\u003c\/strong\u003e — cloud cover, thunderstorm and moonlight simulation, layered over the normal daily cycle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24-hour programmable cycle\u003c\/strong\u003e — sunrise-to-sunset ramping runs automatically once set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect-fit replacement\u003c\/strong\u003e — genuine Fluval part, drops into the existing Flex 123 L lid with no modification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWattage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFluval Flex 32.5 US Gal (123 L) aquarium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6500K white + adjustable RGB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluetooth via FluvalSmart app\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eFluval does not publish a PAR-at-depth chart for the Aquasky range, so no light-intensity table is included here — this is a colour-and-viewing light rather than a dedicated plant-growth fixture. If you're growing demanding plants in a Flex 123 L, ask us about the Fluval Plant 3.0 option before assuming this will be strong enough.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis lamp is sized specifically for the Flex 32.5 US Gal (123 L) aquarium and its lid. It does not fit the Flex 34 L or 57 L — see our separate listings for those sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe LED lamp unit only. The power supply\/transformer is not included — check yours still works before ordering; if it's the transformer that has failed rather than the lamp, that's a separate part.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater Fluval Flex 123 L tanks, including light to moderate live planted setups. Not a dedicated plant-growth light — if your tank is heavily planted with high-light species, the fixed 21 W output may be a limiting factor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the lens with a soft, dry cloth — do not submerge it or spray cleaner directly onto the unit. Keep the lid vents clear of salt creep or condensation build-up, which can shorten LED life.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMains-powered via the Flex's low-voltage transformer (240 V \/ 50 Hz AU supply). Do not operate with a damaged lens or exposed wiring, and always disconnect power before removing the lamp for cleaning or replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Fluval's standard warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fix a Flex light that won't turn on at all?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the transformer and connection first — a lamp that is completely dead, with no LEDs lighting at all, is as likely to be the power supply as the lamp itself. If individual LEDs have failed or the colours won't respond to the app, this lamp is the fix.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it work with the FluvalSmart app on both iOS and Android?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the FluvalSmart app is available for both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I dim it without the app?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this fixture is controlled entirely through Bluetooth and the FluvalSmart app; there's no physical dimmer or remote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this the marine version?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the freshwater Aquasky unit. The saltwater equivalent is the Fluval Marine 3.0 for Flex 123 L, sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774147973411,"sku":"FLX09","price":145.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/fluval-flex-led-aquasky-fres-10135196172579-1-dq.webp?v=1790372751"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-90","title":"Red Sea ReefLED 90","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoral-growth spectrum lighting, backed by manufacturer PAR data.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefLED 90 is a 90 W compact reef LED fixture combining Red Sea's Reef-Spec blue channel with an 8,000K white channel and a moonlight channel, covering a 60 x 60 cm footprint per unit. It was Red Sea's flagship compact reef light ahead of the current ReefLED G2 range and, while superseded, is still fully supported here with genuine electronics, fan, power supply, DC cable and mounting spares.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-channel LED array\u003c\/strong\u003e — 80 W Reef-Spec blue, 7 W 8,000K white and 3 W moonlight, mixed for a coral-growth spectrum rather than a single colour temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat app control\u003c\/strong\u003e — sunrise\/sunset ramping, a 28-day lunar cycle, cloud-cover effects and an acclimation mode that steps intensity up gradually over new installs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRuns without a network\u003c\/strong\u003e — operates at its last set programme, or at 100% out of the box, if Wi-Fi isn't available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo mounting paths\u003c\/strong\u003e — rear-wall mounting arms for tanks roughly 46–70 cm wide, or a pendant for longer runs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine spares still supplied\u003c\/strong\u003e — top and bottom electronic boards, fan, power supply, DC cable and adapter tray are all separately available, so a legacy unit doesn't need to be replaced outright over one failed part.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal power draw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 W (80 W Reef-Spec blue + 7 W 8,000K white + 3 W moonlight)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixture dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.5 x 15.5 x 5.6 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCoverage per unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 x 60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower cord length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 3 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting arm tank width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 46–70 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eControl\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea ReefBeat app, Wi-Fi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V \/ 50 Hz, AU plug (external power supply, DC to fixture)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGeneration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLegacy — superseded by ReefLED G2 115\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePAR at depth\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePAR (µmol\/m²\/s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater surface, single fixture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 cm depth, single fixture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese are Red Sea's own published figures for the ReefLED 90. Red Sea has not published a fuller centre\/edge gradient at intermediate depths for this now-legacy model — treat the 50 cm figure as a guide for mid-depth SPS placement rather than a substitute for testing your own tank with a PAR meter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuited to nano and mid-size reef displays around a Reefer-170-class footprint per unit, and to owners of an existing ReefLED 90 installation needing to keep it running. Not the right choice for lighting a large or SPS-dominant display from a single fixture — Red Sea's own sizing guidance calls for multiple units spaced across wider tanks, and for new large-tank builds the current ReefLED G2 115 or 170 carries the manufacturer's active support and warranty parts pipeline.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eRunning costs\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt a typical 8-hour daily photoperiod, 90 W draws around 0.72 kWh a day — approximately 263 kWh a year, or roughly $79 a year at a 30c\/kWh tariff. Actual cost depends on your photoperiod, dimming level and electricity rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's 24-month manufacturer warranty, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the ReefLED 90 still Red Sea's current model?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — it's been superseded by the ReefLED G2 115. We stock it and its spares for existing owners rather than as a new-build recommendation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it run if my Wi-Fi goes down?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It continues on its last saved ReefBeat programme, or at full intensity out of the box, without a network connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat tank size does one fixture suit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAround a Reefer-170-class footprint per unit. Wider or deeper tanks need multiple fixtures spaced across the display rather than one unit run harder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I still get spare parts for it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — top and bottom electronic boards, fan, power supply, DC cable and mounting adapter tray are all genuine Red Sea parts, sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it need a separate power supply?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The fixture runs on DC power delivered through an external 240 V \/ 50 Hz power supply and a DC cable, both available as spares if either fails.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774159212835,"sku":"RED700","price":1006.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefled-90-10135204856099-1-dq.webp?v=1790372840"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-50","title":"Red Sea ReefLED 50","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReef-tuned WiFi lighting sized for a nano tank.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefLED 50 is a 50 W, app-controlled LED fixture built for MAX Nano systems and nano reef displays up to roughly 50 x 50 cm of coverage. It combines a coral-growth blue-dominant spectrum with a white channel and moonlights, run and scheduled through the Red Sea ReefBeat app. This is the first-generation ReefLED 50 — Red Sea's current equivalent nano fixture is the ReefLED G2 60, and the two share the same universal mounting arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50 W reef-spec LED\u003c\/strong\u003e — 40 W of coral-growing blue, 7 W of 8000K white and 3 W of moonlight, tuned for coral colour and growth rather than general viewing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat app control\u003c\/strong\u003e — sunrise, sunset, lunar cycle and an acclimation mode for settling corals in under new lighting, run over WiFi from a phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoughly 500 PAR at the water surface\u003c\/strong\u003e, falling to around 100 PAR by 50 cm depth — enough intensity for SPS-dominant nano reefs in the shallower part of a nano tank's water column.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact, focused spread\u003c\/strong\u003e — a maximum coverage of roughly 50 x 50 cm (20 x 20 in), matched to nano and MAX Nano footprints rather than spread thin over a larger tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting arms sold separately\u003c\/strong\u003e — the ReefLED 50 \/ G2 60 universal mounting arm fits rimmed nano tanks; a hanging kit is also available for rimless setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 W (40 W reef-spec blue, 7 W 8000K white, 3 W moonlight)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixture dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 12 x 12 x 5 cm (4.7 x 4.7 x 2 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum coverage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 50 x 50 cm (20 x 20 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePAR at water surface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 500 µmol\/m²\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePAR at 50 cm depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 100 µmol\/m²\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eControl\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWiFi via the Red Sea ReefBeat app (iOS and Android)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower supply\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal 24V DC adaptor from standard 240V\/50Hz household power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniversal mounting arm or hanging kit, both sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich nano light do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ReefLED 50 is Red Sea's first-generation nano fixture, sized for MAX Nano systems and tanks up to roughly 50 x 50 cm. It has since been superseded in Red Sea's current range by the ReefLED G2 60, a newer-generation fixture in the same footprint. The ReefLED 50 remains fully supported with spares — LED array, electronic boards and mounting hardware — and shares its universal mounting arm and hanging kit with the G2 60, so existing owners are not left without accessories if they keep or replace their unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance — PAR at depth\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth below fixture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePAR (µmol\/m²\/s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 cm (water surface)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea has not published a full PAR-at-depth chart for the ReefLED 50 at 15, 30, 45 and 60 cm — the two figures above (surface and 50 cm) are the only depths independently documented for this model. As a rough guide, expect SPS-friendly PAR in the upper half of a typical nano tank's water column, tapering off by the 50 cm mark. For exact placement of light-hungry SPS, check with your own PAR meter rather than relying on these two points alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for nano and MAX Nano reef tanks up to about 50 x 50 cm of surface coverage, including SPS-dominant setups within the shallower part of that footprint. Not intended to light a full-size display on its own — coverage and total PAR output fall away quickly outside its rated footprint, and a standard or larger tank needs a ReefLED 90\/160S or the G2 115\/170 instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRunning costs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 50 W and an assumed 8-hour reef photoperiod, the ReefLED 50 draws approximately 146 kWh a year. At 30c\/kWh, that's roughly $44 a year to run — actual cost depends on your own photoperiod and electricity tariff.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, which applies in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a small parcel item; the external 24 V DC power supply and lead are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the ReefLED 50 still a good choice, or should I buy the G2 60 instead?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ReefLED 50 is the earlier generation of the same nano-fixture footprint; the ReefLED G2 60 is Red Sea's current equivalent. Both use the same mounting arm and hanging kit, so if price or stock favours the ReefLED 50 it isn't an accessory dead-end — spares are still available for it too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat size tank does the ReefLED 50 suit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUp to roughly 50 x 50 cm of surface coverage — a nano or MAX Nano footprint. Larger tanks need multiple units or a bigger fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need a separate mounting arm?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The fixture ships without mounting hardware — the ReefLED 50 \/ G2 60 universal mounting arm or the ReefLED hanging kit are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I run it without WiFi?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt will keep running its last saved programme without a network connection, but scheduling, ramping and the acclimation mode need the ReefBeat app over WiFi.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this go deep enough for a tall nano tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePAR falls to around 100 µmol\/m²\/s by 50 cm depth, so for anything deeper than that, expect noticeably less light reaching the substrate — check placement for light-hungry SPS at depth with your own PAR meter.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774159278371,"sku":"RED701","price":670.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefled-50-107939.webp?v=1790230838"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-50-g2-60-universal-mount-arm","title":"Red Sea ReefLed 50 \/ G2 60 Universal Mount Arm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne arm mounts both the ReefLED 50 and the newer G2 60.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea's genuine universal mounting arm clamps to the rim of a nano tank and holds a ReefLED 50 or ReefLED G2 60 fixture at the correct height and angle above the water, with enough adjustment to dial in coverage and shimmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits two generations\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same arm mounts the first-generation ReefLED 50 and the current ReefLED G2 60, so a light upgrade doesn't force a mounting upgrade too.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRim mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e — clamps to the tank rim rather than requiring a stand or ceiling fixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable reach and angle\u003c\/strong\u003e — positions the fixture over the display for even spread rather than a fixed, one-position mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea part\u003c\/strong\u003e — direct-fit factory hardware, matched to the ReefLED mounting point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 50 and ReefLED G2 60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRim clamp, adjustable arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle arm (one per fixture)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea has not published the exact rim thickness range or arm reach in centimetres for this part — if your tank has an unusually thick rim, a euro-brace, or a rimless cabinet-mounted setup, check fit against your own tank before ordering, or consider the hanging kit instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to a standard glass or acrylic nano tank rim. Not a fit for a fully rimless tank with no lip to clamp onto — for that setup, the ReefLED hanging kit (ceiling suspension) is the alternative Red Sea sells for the same fixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for anyone running a ReefLED 50 or G2 60 who wants rim mounting rather than ceiling suspension, including someone upgrading from a ReefLED 50 to a G2 60 who wants to reuse their existing arm. Not suitable for rimless tanks with no mounting lip, or for the larger ReefLED G2 115\/170 fixtures, which use their own mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a small parcel item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes one arm hold one fixture, or can it hold two?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne arm mounts one fixture. If you're running two ReefLED 50 or G2 60 units over a single tank, you'll need one arm per light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit a rimless tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — this is a rim-clamp arm. For a rimless tank, use the ReefLED hanging kit instead, which suspends the fixture from the ceiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this to mount a ReefLED G2 60 if I upgrade from a ReefLED 50?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It's the same arm for both, which is exactly why Red Sea kept the mounting point unchanged between the two generations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it fit the larger ReefLED 90 or G2 115\/170?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — those larger fixtures use their own mounting arms sized to their heavier housings.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774159311139,"sku":"RED702","price":98.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefled-50-g2-60-uni-43876687511843.webp?v=1790240712"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-pendant-for-75-100cm-tanks-white","title":"Red Sea ReefLED Pendant for 75-100cm tanks White","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne frame, no rim clamps, and every cable tidied into the ceiling.\u003c\/strong\u003e This white Red Sea ReefLED Pendant suspends ReefLED units above aquariums from 75–100 cm wide, giving an open, unobstructed rim and holding the lights at a fixed height and spacing instead of relying on rim clamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSized for 75–100 cm tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e — the smallest of Red Sea's five pendant sizes, matched to nano and standard cube-format reef tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeiling-hung, not rim-clamped\u003c\/strong\u003e — frees the whole rim for feeding, aquascaping and equipment access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConcealed cable routing\u003c\/strong\u003e — power leads run through the frame rather than trailing across the hood or rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — matches a white cabinet or ceiling rather than standing out against it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits tank length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–100 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED707 (white)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible fixtures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 90 and ReefLED 160S — not the smaller ReefLED G2 60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 2 ReefLED fixtures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting drop (light unit only, fixture-dependent)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED 90: approx. 21 cm · ReefLED 160S: approx. 31 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich ReefLED Pendant do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea makes this pendant in five lengths, each in black or white, matched to tank length rather than to a specific light count:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart number (Black \/ White)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–100 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35140 \/ R35141\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–120 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35142 \/ R35143\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125–150 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35144 \/ R35145\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e155–180 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35146 \/ R35147\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180–205 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35148 \/ R35149\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure your tank's external length, not the light count you're planning — the frame is built to the tank, and ReefLED units are added to it on separate adapter trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pendant frame ships with its ceiling suspension hardware. It does not include the ReefLED light units themselves, or the adapter trays that clip each fixture into the frame — a \u003cstrong\u003eReefLED 90 Adapter Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eReefLED 160S Adapter Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e (sold separately, one per fixture) is required to mount lights onto it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSized for tanks 75–100 cm long. It's a ceiling-suspended frame, not a rim clamp, so check the ceiling height and joist or stud location above the aquarium rather than the rim itself. This size does not fit the compact ReefLED G2 60 — that fixture uses its own mounting arm or the separate G2 hanging kit, not this pendant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for a rimless or low-profile nano-to-standard reef tank where you want the light held clear of the rim on a fixed, tidy frame. Not suitable for the ReefLED G2 60, and not the right choice if you're only running one light and don't need a suspended frame — a single mounting arm or the G2 hanging kit is simpler and cheaper for one fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a boxed frame kit by standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this fit the ReefLED G2 60?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The pendant range is built for the ReefLED 90 and 160S. The G2 60 uses its own mounting arm or the separate ReefLED G2 hanging kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eAre the adapter trays included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The pendant is the frame only — you'll need a ReefLED 90 or 160S adapter tray for each light unit, sold separately, to mount it onto the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many lights can I fit on this size?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 2 ReefLED fixtures on this 75–100 cm frame. You'll still need a separate adapter tray per fixture (ReefLED 90 or 160S) to mount each light onto the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774159343907,"sku":"RED707","price":482.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefled-pendant-for-46119454867747.webp?v=1790239294"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-pendant-for-155-180cm-tanks","title":"Red Sea ReefLED Pendant for 155-180cm tanks","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHold up to four lights level, evenly spaced, with nothing on the rim.\u003c\/strong\u003e This black Red Sea ReefLED Pendant suspends ReefLED units above aquariums from 155–180 cm wide, and is built to carry up to four fixtures across the frame — the size most four-to-six-foot reef displays need once they're running more than one or two lights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSized for 155–180 cm tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds up to four ReefLED units, spaced evenly across the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeiling-hung, not rim-clamped\u003c\/strong\u003e — frees the whole rim for feeding, aquascaping and equipment access, and suits peninsula as well as regular tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConcealed cable routing\u003c\/strong\u003e — power leads run through the frame rather than trailing across the hood or rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — a low-profile option; the same frame is also sold in white.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits tank length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e155–180 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED712 (black) \/ RED713 (white)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 4 x ReefLED 90 or 160S units\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible fixtures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 90 and ReefLED 160S — not the smaller ReefLED G2 60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting drop (light unit only, fixture-dependent)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED 90: approx. 21 cm · ReefLED 160S: approx. 31 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich ReefLED Pendant do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea makes this pendant in five lengths, each in black or white, matched to tank length:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart number (Black \/ White)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–100 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35140 \/ R35141\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–120 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35142 \/ R35143\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125–150 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35144 \/ R35145 — holds up to 3 units\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e155–180 cm (this listing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35146 \/ R35147 — holds up to 4 units\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180–205 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35148 \/ R35149\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure your tank's external length first, then plan light count against the frame — the frame is built to the tank, and each ReefLED unit is added on its own adapter tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pendant frame ships with its ceiling suspension hardware. It does not include the ReefLED light units, or the adapter trays that clip each fixture into the frame — a \u003cstrong\u003eReefLED 90 Adapter Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eReefLED 160S Adapter Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e (sold separately, one per fixture) is required to mount lights onto it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSized for tanks 155–180 cm long. It's a ceiling-suspended frame, not a rim clamp, so check the ceiling height and joist or stud location above the aquarium rather than the rim itself — at up to four fixtures wide, confirm there's a solid fixing point spanning the full frame length before drilling. This size does not fit the compact ReefLED G2 60, which uses its own mounting arm or the separate G2 hanging kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for a four-to-six-foot reef display running two to four ReefLED units that wants them held level and evenly spaced without any rim clamps. Not suitable for the ReefLED G2 60, and oversized for a single-light setup — a mounting arm or the G2 hanging kit is simpler for one fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a boxed frame kit by standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many ReefLED units does this pendant hold?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to four, spaced evenly across the 155–180 cm frame. Fewer units can be run on the same frame with wider spacing between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this fit the ReefLED G2 60?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The pendant range is built for the ReefLED 90 and 160S. The G2 60 uses its own mounting arm or the separate ReefLED G2 hanging kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eAre the adapter trays included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The pendant is the frame only — you'll need a ReefLED 90 or 160S adapter tray for each light unit, sold separately, to mount it onto the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":54774159376675,"sku":"RED712","price":693.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"White","offer_id":55335334117667,"sku":"RED713","price":693.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefled-pendant-for-43876687577379.webp?v=1790240714"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-50-hanging-kit","title":"Red Sea ReefLED 50 Hanging Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea hanging kit for a rimless, arm-free install.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea part R35133 suspends a ReefLED 50 (or G2 60) from the ceiling on adjustable cables — the rimless-look alternative to a rear-wall mounting arm, with cable-length adjustment as your coarse intensity control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eField\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 50 and ReefLED G2 60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35133\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhat it includes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable ceiling-suspension cable kit for one fixture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold as\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKit for one fixture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFitting requirement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid ceiling fixing point above the tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 50 and ReefLED G2 60 — genuine Red Sea part number R35133\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCeiling suspension on adjustable cables, sold as a kit for one fixture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaising the light lowers PAR at the water's surface without touching the app — a simple way to soften intensity across the whole tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires a solid ceiling fixing point above the tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich mounting option do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the hanging kit over the rear-wall arm when the tank sits away from a wall, when you want the fixture visually separated from the rim, or when you're running a rimless display and don't want an arm in the sightline. The arm is the simpler, cheaper option where the tank backs onto a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774159704355,"sku":"RED721","price":81.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefled-50-hanging-k-43876688429347.webp?v=1790239296"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-90-hanging-kit","title":"Red Sea ReefLED 90 Hanging Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuspend your ReefLED 90 from the ceiling instead of the tank rim.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is Red Sea's factory hanging kit for the first-generation ReefLED 90, giving a clean, rimless-look alternative to arm mounting. The light hangs on adjustable suspension wires, so you can raise or lower it to tune coverage and intensity without touching a mounting arm or the app.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea part\u003c\/strong\u003e — factory hanging kit for the ReefLED 90.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeiling suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps mounting hardware off the tank rim and cabinet, suited to rimless and open-top setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable height\u003c\/strong\u003e — raising the light is a simple, tool-free way to spread PAR more gently across the tank; lowering it concentrates intensity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my light?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit fits the \u003cstrong\u003efirst-generation (G1) ReefLED 90 only.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea's G2 range (ReefLED G2 60, G2 115 and G2 170) uses a separate hanging kit built for that generation's mounting adapter — the two are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED 90 hanging kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED 90, first generation (G1) only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDoes not fit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED G2 60, G2 115, G2 170\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeiling-fixed, adjustable-length suspension wire per corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete kit — light-side adapter, suspension wires and ceiling fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1 x ReefLED 90 hanging kit — adapter plate, suspension wires, ceiling fixing hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe ReefLED 90 light itself\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuited to a G1 ReefLED 90 owner moving from arm mounting to ceiling suspension, or fitting out a new rimless tank with no rim to clamp an arm onto. Not suitable for G2 lights, and not a fit for solid or low ceilings where a suspension point can't be securely anchored.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the suspension wires and ceiling fixings periodically, particularly after any bump or knock to the light, since a mains-powered fixture hanging above an open tank depends on that fixing staying secure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty on genuine spare parts, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this with a G2 ReefLED?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The G2 range (60, 115, 170) takes a different hanging kit sized for its own mounting adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes raising the light reduce PAR at the substrate?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — increasing the drop height spreads and softens intensity, the same relationship as any aquarium light moved further from the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I still need the mounting arm?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The hanging kit is an alternative to arm mounting, not an addition to it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774159737123,"sku":"RED722","price":81.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefled-90-hanging-k-43876688462115.webp?v=1790239295"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-160s","title":"Red Sea ReefLED 160S","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea's most powerful reef light, built for large or deep displays.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea ReefLED 160S is the flagship fixture in Red Sea's ReefLED range: a 160 W reef-spec LED light combining a coral-growth blue channel, a balanced white channel and a dedicated moonlight channel, run and programmed through the Wi-Fi-connected ReefBeat app. Red Sea's own testing shows it holding useful PAR at 76 cm (30\") of depth from a single fixture, which puts it in range for tall SPS-dominant displays and large, deep reef tanks that smaller reef lights struggle to light through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e160 W total output\u003c\/strong\u003e — 140 W of 23,000 K REEF-SPEC blue, 17 W of 9,000 K white, and a separate 3 W moonlight channel run independently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStadium-shaped lens\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea's patent-pending optic blends the diode array into a uniform spread rather than a visible spotty grid, and reduces glare when viewed from the side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEven coverage per fixture\u003c\/strong\u003e — a homogeneous spread across roughly 81 x 81 cm (32 x 32\") in all three directions from a single unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat app control\u003c\/strong\u003e — sunrise\/sunset ramping, lunar cycle, cloud simulation and a dedicated acclimation mode for introducing the light over an established reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClip-on visor included\u003c\/strong\u003e — cuts light spill for tanks in living spaces, plus an auto shut-off if the fixture is tilted too far.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGroupable\u003c\/strong\u003e — multiple units mount around 76 cm (30\") apart with uniformity maintained across the join.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal wattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 W (140 W blue + 17 W white + 3 W moonlight)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpectrum\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23,000 K REEF-SPEC blue, 9,000 K white, dedicated moonlight channel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 17.5 x 15.5 x 6.4 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCoverage per fixture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 81 x 81 cm (32 x 32\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended fixture spacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 76 cm (30\") for uniform multi-unit coverage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eControl\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWi-Fi, Red Sea ReefBeat app\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMains\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V, 50 Hz, AU plug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine \/ reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance — PAR by depth\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePAR (µmol)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle fixture, at approx. 76 cm (30\") depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100+ PAR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree fixtures over a Reefer 3XL 900 (200 cm tank)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200–350 PAR, uniform across almost the whole footprint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea hasn't published a full single-fixture PAR curve across intermediate depths (15\/30\/45\/60 cm) the way it has for the multi-unit 3XL 900 result above — these two figures are the confirmed data points. If you're placing corals at a specific depth and want a tighter figure than \"100+ PAR at 76 cm\", a PAR meter reading on your own tank once it's installed is the reliable way to confirm, since rock placement and water clarity both shift the number from the lab figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 160S sits at the top of Red Sea's ReefLED range, above the ReefLED 90 and ReefLED 50 — it's built for the largest and deepest displays in the lineup, including the 900 mm and 1800 mm+ tank widths. If you're lighting a shallower or narrower display, a smaller ReefLED model may be enough and will cost less to run; ask us for a comparison against your tank's dimensions before committing to the 160S if you're unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to large, deep or SPS-dominant reef displays — particularly systems around 90 cm deep or wider than a single smaller fixture can evenly cover. Not the most economical choice for a shallow nano or small display, where a smaller ReefLED model delivers enough PAR at a lower purchase price and running cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRunning costs and noise\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 160 W and an assumed 8-hour photoperiod, that's approximately 467 kWh a year — around $140 a year at a 30c\/kWh tariff (your own rate will vary; check your electricity bill for the actual figure). The fixture is fanless, so it runs silently; heat is dissipated passively, so allow clear air space above the unit rather than mounting it inside a sealed hood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the lens periodically to clear salt creep, which reduces light output over time if left to build up. No lamps or diffusers to replace — the LEDs themselves are rated for long service life, though Red Sea doesn't publish a specific replacement interval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMains-powered — run on an RCD-protected circuit, and keep the cable's drip loop below the power point to stop water tracking into the plug.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Small parcel item, ships standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill one fixture cover my whole tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne ReefLED 160S evenly covers roughly an 81 x 81 cm footprint. For longer tanks, mount multiple units around 76 cm apart rather than trying to stretch coverage from a single fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need the ReefBeat app to run it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fixture runs on its last saved programme without Wi-Fi, but scheduling, ramping, lunar cycles and remote monitoring all need a Wi-Fi connection through the ReefBeat app.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the 160S too much light for a new tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be, run at full intensity — use the app's acclimation mode to ramp intensity up gradually, whether you're cycling a new display or introducing the light over an already-established reef.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much does it cost to run?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoughly 467 kWh a year on an assumed 8-hour photoperiod, which is about $140 a year at a 30c\/kWh tariff — actual cost depends on your own electricity rate and photoperiod length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between this and the ReefLED 90?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 160S is Red Sea's highest-output fixture, built for larger and deeper displays than the 90. We haven't published a side-by-side spec comparison yet — ask us if you want help matching a model to your tank.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774159769891,"sku":"RED723","price":1592.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefled-160s-894371.webp?v=1790230837"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-160s-g2-hanging-kit","title":"Red Sea ReefLED 160S \/ G2 Hanging Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuspends a ReefLED 160S or G2 170 from the ceiling instead of clamping it to the rim.\u003c\/strong\u003e This genuine Red Sea hanging kit gives a rimless, cable-suspended look and lets you tune the light's height — and so its intensity across the tank — without an app or a driver change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea part\u003c\/strong\u003e — factory kit sized for the 160S\/G2 170.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeiling suspension on adjustable cables\u003c\/strong\u003e — no rim clamp, so it works on fully rimless tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight is a coarse dimming control\u003c\/strong\u003e — raise the light for gentler PAR across the whole tank, lower it for more intensity, without touching the app.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED 160S, ReefLED G2 170\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable ceiling suspension (cable hanging kit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode \/ identifying number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100779293\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold singly, one per light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea doesn't publish a maximum drop height, cable length or weight rating for this kit, so those figures aren't stated here rather than estimated — check the box or ask us before planning an unusually high or low ceiling installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich mounting system do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting system\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHanging Kit (this part)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeiling suspension, rimless display, easy height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniversal Mounting Arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRimmed or braced tanks, fixed clamp position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdapter Tray for Pendant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea MAX E \/ REEFER pendant and hanging-rail fixtures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFits ReefLED 160S and G2 170 only — the 50\/60 and 90\/115 units use their own hanging hardware, sized differently for their lighter weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this on a rimless tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — that's the main reason to choose it over the rim-clamp mounting arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes raising the light really change the intensity much?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — light intensity falls off with distance, so height is an effective coarse control alongside the app's dimming.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this fit the ReefLED 90?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — the 90\/G2 115 uses its own hanging hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774159900963,"sku":"RED725","price":81.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefled-160s-g2-hang-43876688527651.webp?v=1790239294"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-pendant-for-180-205cm-tank","title":"Red Sea ReefLED Pendant for 180-205cm tank","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe widest ReefLED frame Red Sea makes, for displays that need several lights held dead level.\u003c\/strong\u003e This black Red Sea ReefLED Pendant is the largest of the range, suspending ReefLED units above wide aquariums on a single ceiling-hung frame instead of a run of separate rim clamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe widest size in the range\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for tanks around 180–205 cm long, the largest of Red Sea's five pendant lengths.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeiling-hung, not rim-clamped\u003c\/strong\u003e — frees the whole rim for feeding, aquascaping and equipment access, and suits peninsula as well as regular tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConcealed cable routing\u003c\/strong\u003e — power leads for every fixture on the frame run back through it rather than trailing across the rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — a low-profile option; the same frame is also sold in white.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits tank length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180–205 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED763 (black) \/ RED764 (white)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible fixtures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 90 and ReefLED 160S — not the smaller ReefLED G2 60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting drop (light unit only, fixture-dependent)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED 90: approx. 21 cm · ReefLED 160S: approx. 31 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich ReefLED Pendant do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea makes this pendant in five lengths, each in black or white, matched to tank length:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart number (Black \/ White)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–100 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35140 \/ R35141\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–120 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35142 \/ R35143\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125–150 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35144 \/ R35145 — holds up to 3 units\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e155–180 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35146 \/ R35147 — holds up to 4 units\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180–205 cm (this listing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35148 \/ R35149\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure your tank's external length before ordering. If your tank is close to either end of this frame's range, check with us first — manufacturer documentation on the exact upper limit of this largest size varies between sources, and we'd rather confirm than have you order the wrong frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pendant frame ships with its ceiling suspension hardware. It does not include the ReefLED light units, or the adapter trays that clip each fixture into the frame — a \u003cstrong\u003eReefLED 90 Adapter Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eReefLED 160S Adapter Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e (sold separately, one per fixture) is required to mount lights onto it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSized for tanks around 180–205 cm long. It's a ceiling-suspended frame, not a rim clamp, so check the ceiling height and joist or stud location above the aquarium rather than the rim itself — at this width, confirm there's a solid fixing point spanning the full frame length before drilling. This size does not fit the compact ReefLED G2 60, which uses its own mounting arm or the separate G2 hanging kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for a large reef display running several ReefLED units across a wide or peninsula tank that needs them held level without a run of separate rim clamps. Not suitable for the ReefLED G2 60, and unnecessary for a single-light setup — a mounting arm or the G2 hanging kit is simpler and cheaper for one fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. This is a large, oversized frame kit — confirm delivery access for a long boxed item when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this the largest ReefLED pendant Red Sea makes?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, of the five lengths in the range, this is the widest, covering tanks around 180–205 cm long.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this fit the ReefLED G2 60?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The pendant range is built for the ReefLED 90 and 160S. The G2 60 uses its own mounting arm or the separate ReefLED G2 hanging kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eAre the adapter trays included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The pendant is the frame only — you'll need a ReefLED 90 or 160S adapter tray for each light unit, sold separately, to mount it onto the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":54774160326947,"sku":"RED763","price":784.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"White","offer_id":55335334609187,"sku":"RED764","price":784.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefled-pendant-for-43876696883491.webp?v=1790239294"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-led-g2-60","title":"Red Sea Reef LED G2 60","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 60 W nano reef light with app-controlled spectrum and a genuine published PAR figure to plan your placement.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefLED G2 60 is the second-generation update to Red Sea's compact reef LED, built for nano and small reef displays where a single puck-style fixture needs to cover the whole tank. Spectrum, intensity and scheduling are all set through the ReefBeat app rather than on the unit itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60 W second-generation LED engine\u003c\/strong\u003e — wider spread than the original ReefLED G1, in the same compact puck footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully adjustable spectrum, 10,000K–23,000K at full intensity\u003c\/strong\u003e — with boosted violet, UV and a stronger 470 nm blue channel for coral fluorescence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat app control over Wi-Fi\u003c\/strong\u003e — programmable sunrise, sunset, moon phase, five manual presets, a UV-only mode and a dedicated coral-photography setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAcclimation mode\u003c\/strong\u003e — ramps intensity gradually when the light first goes over an established reef, rather than shocking corals with full output on day one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact 12 x 12 x 5 cm footprint (4.7 x 4.7 x 2 in)\u003c\/strong\u003e — sits close to the water without dominating an open-top nano.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 x 12 x 5 cm (4.7 x 4.7 x 2 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour temperature range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,000K–23,000K, adjustable, at full intensity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eControl\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefBeat app, Wi-Fi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine \/ reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWire suspension kit or mounting arm (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerformance: PAR by depth\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea publishes a PAR distribution map for the ReefLED G2 60 rather than a full point-by-point table. The two figures Red Sea confirms directly under the fixture are below — we haven't interpolated the depths in between, because Red Sea hasn't published them as discrete numbers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth below fixture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePAR (µmol\/m²\/s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater surface (0 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 cm (20 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003ePAR falls off faster at the edges of the coverage area than directly underneath the fixture, and mounting height above the water changes both figures — Red Sea's own distribution map, available on their site, is the reference for edge readings and intermediate depths.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eRunning costs\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 60 W and a typical 8-hour reef photoperiod, that works out to about 175 kWh a year — roughly $52 a year at a 30c\/kWh tariff. Your actual figure depends on your photoperiod and local tariff.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefLED G2 60 fixture and power supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting hardware. You'll need a wire suspension kit or mounting arm, and — if you're hanging it from a Red Sea pendant bar — the matching ReefLED adapter tray. All sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e nano and small reef displays, and as one unit in a multi-fixture array over a wider tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater or planted setups — this is a reef-tuned spectrum, not a general planted-tank light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard shipping across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill one ReefLED G2 60 cover my whole tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's built for nano and small reef displays as a single fixture. On wider tanks, reefers typically run two or three across the length rather than relying on one unit to spread evenly edge to edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with a mount?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — the box includes the fixture and power supply only. A wire suspension kit or mounting arm is a separate purchase, so it's worth deciding on mounting before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I run it over an established reef without stressing my corals?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the ReefBeat app's acclimation mode ramps intensity up gradually over a set period rather than switching straight to your target schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the G2 improve on the original ReefLED 60 (G1)?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea markets the G2 as having improved optics and spread over G1 in the same footprint; we haven't independently confirmed a numeric spread figure.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774163702051,"sku":"RED1020","price":485.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reef-led-g2-60-43876704878883.webp?v=1790239294"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-led-g2-115","title":"Red Sea Reef LED G2 115","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e115 W of reef-tuned LED with a measured PAR curve, not just a wattage.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefLED G2 115 is the second-generation mid-size fixture in Red Sea's ReefLED range, built for standard reef displays. It runs a coral-tuned spectrum from 10,000K through to 23,000K, controlled entirely through the ReefBeat app, and improves on the first-generation ReefLED with tighter optics and better spread across the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e115 W second-generation LED array\u003c\/strong\u003e — compact puck-style fixture at 15.5 × 13.5 × 5.7 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoral-tuned spectrum\u003c\/strong\u003e — enhanced violet and UV wavelengths plus a boosted 470 nm blue, dialled across 10,000K to 23,000K.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat app control\u003c\/strong\u003e — WiFi-based scheduling with sunrise, sunset, moon-phase simulation and a dedicated acclimation mode.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive manual presets\u003c\/strong\u003e — including a UV-only setting and a coral-photography mode for pulling out fluorescence in photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved spread over G1\u003c\/strong\u003e — the G2 optics deliver more even coverage across the same footprint as the original ReefLED 90.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting sold separately\u003c\/strong\u003e — wire suspension kit, mounting arm and clip-on visor are all optional extras, not included in the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower consumption\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixture dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.5 × 13.5 × 5.7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour temperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,000K–23,000K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWiFi, ReefBeat app\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eG2 (second generation)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU \/ barcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED1021 \/ 7290116397092\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eVoltage, IP rating and cable length aren't published on Red Sea's specification pages for this fixture — we're not printing a guess here; check the box or manual for those figures if they matter for your install (an IP-rated ceiling mount, for instance).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerformance at depth — PAR\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePAR (photosynthetically active radiation) is what corals actually respond to, and it falls off sharply with water depth. Red Sea's own measurement, taken 21 cm above the centre of a 60 × 60 × 60 cm test tank, gives two points on that curve:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePAR (µmol\/m²\/s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface (0 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat's roughly a 70% drop by 50 cm — the reason a wattage figure alone tells you almost nothing about what reaches the sand bed on anything deeper than a shallow frag tank. Red Sea doesn't publish intermediate readings at 15, 30 or 45 cm for this fixture, so we're showing the two points it does publish rather than interpolating between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich ReefLED do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface PAR\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED G2 115\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 µmol\/m²\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard reef displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED G2 170\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 µmol\/m²\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge or deep displays, demanding SPS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 115 covers the footprint and depth most reef tanks are built to. Step up to the 170 for a deeper tank, a larger footprint per fixture, or SPS-dominant stocking that wants more light reaching further down.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefLED G2 115 fixture, power supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting arm, wire hanging kit and clip-on visor are all sold separately — this is the light only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSetup and use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eConnect to WiFi through the ReefBeat app to set a lighting schedule with sunrise, sunset and moon-phase simulation, or run one of the five manual presets. Installing over an established reef, use the app's acclimation mode rather than jumping straight to a target schedule — corals adjust to a big jump in intensity slowly, or not at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e mixed reef and SPS displays up to around 60 cm deep, run as a standalone fixture or alongside a second unit on a wider tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater planted tanks — this is a reef-spectrum fixture, not a planted-tank light. Very deep displays (over roughly 60 cm) will see reduced PAR at the substrate and may be better served by the G2 170.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility, spares and supersession\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-led-90-mount-arm-54-62-cm\"\u003eRed Sea ReefLED Mount Arm 54–62 cm\u003c\/a\u003e fits this fixture where a suitable-size tank calls for rim mounting rather than hanging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's own ReefLED G2 manual states a 24-month manufacturer warranty from the date of original purchase, in addition to the consumer guarantees available under Australian Consumer Law. Mains-powered; runs on standard 240 V AU supply via the included power adaptor. Ships as a standard parcel item.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-led-90-mount-arm-54-62-cm\"\u003eRed Sea ReefLED Mount Arm 54–62 cm\u003c\/a\u003e — for rim mounting instead of hanging, on tanks in the matching depth range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA second ReefLED G2 115, for tanks wider than one fixture's spread.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow deep a tank will this cover properly?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's own measurement shows PAR dropping from 500 at the surface to 150 at 50 cm — plenty for most reef displays, but on anything notably deeper than that the G2 170's higher output is the safer choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with a mounting arm?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The fixture ships with its power supply only; mounting arms, hanging kits and the clip-on visor are all sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I control it without WiFi?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fixture is designed around the ReefBeat app over WiFi. Five manual presets are available directly on the unit if you'd rather not connect it to a network.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's different between this and the original ReefLED 90?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe G2 115 is the second-generation replacement for the ReefLED 90, with improved optics and spread across the same fixture footprint and a wider colour-temperature range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the 115 or the 170 the right choice for my tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 115 suits standard-depth reef displays. Choose the 170 for a deeper tank, wider coverage per fixture, or SPS-heavy stocking that benefits from higher output reaching further down.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774163767587,"sku":"RED1021","price":700.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reef-led-g2-115-43876704977187.webp?v=1790239294"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-led-g2-170","title":"Red Sea Reef LED G2 170","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e170 W flagship reef LED, built for depth and demanding SPS.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefLED G2 170 is the larger fixture in Red Sea's second-generation ReefLED range, aimed at deep displays and SPS-dominant systems that need light to still be doing something meaningful 60–80 cm down. It runs the same coral-tuned 10,000K–23,000K spectrum as the G2 115, through the same ReefBeat app, in a fixture built to push more of that light further into the water column.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e170 W second-generation LED array\u003c\/strong\u003e — larger optics at 18 × 16 × 6.4 cm than the G2 115, built for deeper penetration rather than just a brighter surface reading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoral-tuned spectrum\u003c\/strong\u003e — enhanced violet and UV wavelengths plus a boosted 470 nm blue, across 10,000K to 23,000K.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRated to 80 cm water depth\u003c\/strong\u003e — meaningfully deeper coverage than the 60 cm the G2 115 is built around.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat app control\u003c\/strong\u003e — WiFi scheduling with sunrise, sunset, moon phases and an acclimation mode for introducing it over an established reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive manual presets\u003c\/strong\u003e — including UV-only and a coral-photography mode.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting sold separately\u003c\/strong\u003e — wire suspension, mounting arm and clip-on visor are all optional extras.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower consumption\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixture dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 × 16 × 6.4 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour temperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,000K–23,000K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum rated water depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWiFi, ReefBeat app\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eG2 (second generation)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU \/ barcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED1022 \/ 7290116397085\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eVoltage, IP rating and cable length aren't published on Red Sea's specification pages for this fixture — rather than guess, check the box or manual for those if they matter to your install.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerformance at depth — PAR\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's own measurement, taken 31 cm above the centre of an 80 × 80 × 80 cm test tank, gives three points on the fixture's PAR curve:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePAR (µmol\/m²\/s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface (0 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eHolding 130 µmol\/m²\/s at 80 cm is the point of the 170 — the G2 115 is measured over a shallower 60 cm tank and isn't rated for that depth at all. Red Sea's manual publishes these three points (surface, 50 cm and 80 cm) but not a full continuous curve, so we're showing what it does publish rather than interpolating further.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich ReefLED do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface PAR\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED G2 115\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 µmol\/m²\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard reef displays, up to around 60 cm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED G2 170\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 µmol\/m²\/s\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge or deep displays to 80 cm, demanding SPS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the tank is a standard 45–60 cm reef display, the 115 does the job for less power draw. The 170 earns its place on anything deeper, or where SPS stocked low in the tank needs light that hasn't fallen away to nothing by the time it gets there.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefLED G2 170 fixture, power supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting arm, wire hanging kit and clip-on visor are all sold separately — this is the light only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSetup and use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eConnect over WiFi through the ReefBeat app for a scheduled sunrise, sunset and moon-phase cycle, or run one of the five manual presets directly on the unit. On an established reef, start in the app's acclimation mode rather than switching straight to a full-intensity target schedule — the G2 170 has real output, and corals need time to adjust to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e large, deep or SPS-dominant reef displays up to around 80 cm, run singly on a nano-to-medium footprint or paired across a wider tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater planted tanks. Shallow standard-depth reef displays are usually better served by the smaller G2 115 — more light than the tank needs is wasted running cost, not a benefit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's own ReefLED G2 manual states a 24-month manufacturer warranty from the date of original purchase, in addition to the consumer guarantees available under Australian Consumer Law. Mains-powered; runs on standard 240 V AU supply via the included power adaptor. Ships as a standard parcel item.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-reef-led-g2-115\"\u003eRed Sea ReefLED G2 115\u003c\/a\u003e — for pairing a second, lighter-output fixture across a wider tank instead of doubling up on 170s.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA second ReefLED G2 170, for wide tanks needing full-depth coverage across more than one fixture's spread.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow deep will this actually light properly?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's measurement shows 130 µmol\/m²\/s still reaching 80 cm down — genuinely usable PAR for SPS at that depth, not just a bright surface reading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eShould I buy the 170 instead of the 115 \"to be safe\"?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if the tank is genuinely deep or SPS-dominant. On a standard 45–60 cm display the 115 delivers comparable surface PAR for less power, and the 170's extra output at depth goes to waste in a shallower tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with a mounting arm?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The fixture ships with its power supply only; mounting arms, hanging kits and the clip-on visor are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan two G2 170s run on one wide tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — pairing fixtures is the standard way to cover a tank wider than one unit's spread, controlled together through the ReefBeat app.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the maximum depth this is rated for?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's manual test measurement covers an 80 cm deep test tank; that's the practical depth ceiling the fixture is built and measured against.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774163833123,"sku":"RED1022","price":1225.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reef-led-g2-170-43876705206563.webp?v=1790239294"},{"product_id":"bioscape-bioscape-moss-terrarium-220-square-light-unit","title":"Bioscape Moss Terrarium 220 Square Light Unit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA direct replacement for the grow light and ventilated lid on the Bioscape Moss Terrarium 220 Square.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the same 5 W, 6500 K plant-growth LED and adjustable ventilation top the 220 Square terrarium ships with — order it to replace a lid that's cracked, lost or worn, rather than replacing the whole terrarium.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 W, 6500 K LED\u003c\/strong\u003e — a daylight-white plant-growth spectrum matched to moss and low-light tropical foliage, the same output fitted to a new Moss Terrarium 220 Square.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable ventilation\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lid's vents open and close to raise or lower humidity inside the terrarium, rather than being fixed at one setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-in fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for the Moss Terrarium 220 Square only; the 270 Square uses a larger 10 W lid sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVentilation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBioscape Moss Terrarium 220 Square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6500 K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable, humidity control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my terrarium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis lid is sized specifically for the 220 Square model. The 270 Square takes a larger 10 W light unit with its own lid footprint — the two aren't interchangeable. Check the size on your terrarium's base or in your order history before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable as a like-for-like replacement or spare for the Moss Terrarium 220 Square's own light and lid. Not suitable for the 270 Square, and not sized to fit terrariums outside the Bioscape Moss Terrarium 220 Square line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the lid and vents dry if condensation builds up, and keep the LED housing free of standing water. Bioscape doesn't publish a rated globe life or replacement interval for this unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered against manufacturing defects under Bioscape's warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit my Moss Terrarium 270 Square?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 270 Square uses a larger 10 W light and lid, sold as its own part. This unit is sized for the 220 Square only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with a power adapter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBioscape's Moss Terrarium light units run from a USB-style adapter, sold separately as the Moss Terrarium USB Adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I run it on a timer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo timer or dimmer function is published for this unit — moss generally does well on 8–10 hours of light a day, so a simple plug timer between the unit and its power source works well.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774334161187,"sku":"ARI27a","price":56.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/bioscape-moss-terrarium-220--10135261118755-1-dq.webp?v=1790372665"},{"product_id":"bioscape-bioscape-led-freshwater-pendant-35w","title":"Bioscape LED Freshwater Pendant 35w","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHangs above the tank on its own bracket, so nothing rests on or clips to the aquarium rim.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bioscape LED Freshwater Pendant is a 35W, fan-cooled 6500K light designed for small freshwater aquariums, suspended clear of the water and mounted using the separately sold Bioscape LED Bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e35W fan-cooled LED\u003c\/strong\u003e — actively cooled rather than passively vented, helping the fixture run reliably at full output over long photoperiods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6500K daylight spectrum\u003c\/strong\u003e — a white light spectrum suited to both plant growth and natural-looking viewing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuspended mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e — hangs clear of the tank on the Bioscape LED Bracket, sold separately, rather than clipping to or resting on the rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCooling\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6500K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFan-cooled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuspended, via Bioscape LED Bracket (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for small freshwater aquariums. Because it's a suspended fixture rather than a clip-on or rim-mounted light, fit depends on the bracket it hangs from — see the Bioscape LED Bracket, rated to 12mm glass — rather than a glass thickness rating for the pendant itself. Bioscape hasn't published a coverage width or recommended tank size range for this fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ Not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIncludes the pendant light fixture. Does not include the mounting bracket — the Bioscape LED Bracket is sold separately and is required to suspend the pendant above the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for small freshwater aquariums wanting an open-top, suspended light with a daylight spectrum. Not suitable as a marine or reef light — Bioscape markets this specifically as a freshwater fixture, and no PAR-at-depth data is published to confirm it can support light-demanding corals.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eRunning costs and noise\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFan-cooled, so it isn't silent — Bioscape hasn't published a noise figure in dB. At a typical 8 hours a day, 35W works out to around 102 kWh a year, roughly $31 a year at 30c\/kWh. Bioscape hasn't published the fixture's operating voltage; check the plug pack or packaging for AU electrical ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered against manufacturing defects under Bioscape's warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBioscape LED Bracket — the mounting bracket this pendant hangs from, required and not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the mounting bracket come with the light?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — the Bioscape LED Bracket is sold separately and is needed to suspend this pendant above your tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this suitable for a marine or reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, Bioscape markets it as a freshwater fixture and doesn't publish PAR data to support reef use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs it silent running?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — it's fan-cooled, though Bioscape hasn't published a noise level.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat tank size does the 35W suit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBioscape hasn't published a specific tank size range; it's positioned as a small freshwater aquarium fixture. Contact us if you want help matching wattage to your tank size.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774334390563,"sku":"BIS06","price":285.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/bioscape-led-freshwater-pend-10135261348131-1-dq.webp?v=1790372666"},{"product_id":"bioscape-bioscape-super-mini-led-clamp-lamp-black-06w","title":"Bioscape Super Mini LED Clamp Lamp Black 0.6w","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat clip-on accent light for the smallest tanks and bowls.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bioscape Super Mini LED Clamp Lamp is a 0.6 W clip-on LED that clamps to a rim up to about 35 cm. It runs a single white LED in a black finish — decorative accent lighting, not a plant-growth light. Bioscape does not publish a colour temperature or CRI for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.6 W LED\u003c\/strong\u003e — draws almost nothing and adds negligible heat to a small bowl.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamp-on mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e — clips to a rim up to about 35 cm, no drilling or adhesive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — sits low-key against a dark rim or stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-voltage lamp head\u003c\/strong\u003e — runs on a stepped-down supply, not raw mains.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater and marine rated\u003c\/strong\u003e — suits bowls and nano tanks either way.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBioscape Super Mini LED Clamp Lamp Black 0.6W\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBIS229\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBarcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9327975055967\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWattage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.6 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClamp \/ clip-on to rim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended tank size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to approximately 35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type suitability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMains supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V \/ 50 Hz, AU plug (adapter output not published)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour temperature, CRI, dimensions, cable length, IP rating, PAR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e nano tanks, bowls and small terrariums up to 35 cm, freshwater or marine, as accent light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e planted or reef lighting — no PAR figure is published, and 0.6 W won't drive growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMains-connected, standard 240 V \/ 50 Hz AU plug. The lamp head runs on a stepped-down, low-voltage supply; the plug pack's exact output is not published. Run 8 hours a day it uses roughly 1.8 kWh a year — about 53 cents at 30c\/kWh. No moving parts, silent running. Keep the cord clear of water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/nicksaquariumoceanariumterrarium.com.au\/products\/seachem-algae-scraper\"\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper\u003c\/a\u003e — light grows algae film on glass over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/nicksaquariumoceanariumterrarium.com.au\/products\/seachem-prime-bonus-rhino-30-bonus-325-ml\"\u003eSeachem Prime\u003c\/a\u003e — worth having for every water change.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA plug-in timer, for a consistent 6–8 hour cycle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty, support and Australian notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo manufacturer warranty term is published for this lamp. It remains covered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law, in addition to any manufacturer warranty. Built for 240 V \/ 50 Hz AU mains with a standard AU plug. Ships as a small parcel on standard freight — no oversize, DG or cold-chain handling applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill 0.6 W grow plants?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot reliably — it's a decorative light, and no PAR figure is published.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat tank size does it suit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBioscape rates it up to about 35 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it run hot?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — 0.6 W adds negligible heat to a small bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat colour is the light?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA white LED; colour temperature and CRI are not published.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774340256035,"sku":"BIS229","price":27.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/bioscape-bioscape-super-mini-43179028513059.webp?v=1790230925"},{"product_id":"neo-helios-flat-nano-s3-plus-13w","title":"Neo Helios Flat Nano S3 plus 13W","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA slim 13 W clip-on LED for small freshwater and planted tanks.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Neo Helios Flat Nano S3 Plus is a 13 W full spectrum LED light (light across the colour range, for fish and plants) with a flat head that clips onto the rim of the tank and turns through 180 degrees, so you can angle the light where you want it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClip-on mount\u003c\/strong\u003e for tank glass up to 15 mm thick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e180 degree rotation\u003c\/strong\u003e to aim the light across the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra slim flat head\u003c\/strong\u003e that sits neatly on a nano tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull spectrum LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e, which Neo calls Life Spectrum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 13 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight head: 18.5 x 7.5 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInput: 220 to 240 V, 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass thickness: up to 15 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTank length: up to about 45 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to freshwater nano tanks, low-tech planted tanks (planted tanks run without added CO2) and terrariums or paludariums (tanks that are part water, part land), up to about 45 cm long. It is not sold as a reef light and is not listed for tanks with corals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the light head, power lead and plug clear of the water, and use an RCD (safety switch) protected outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour rights under Australian Consumer Law apply. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Neo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242213949731,"sku":"BA8417","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/neo-helios-flat-nano-s3-plus-10268542894371-1-dq.webp?v=1790372840"},{"product_id":"neo-helios-flat-nano-s3-pro-natural-13w","title":"Neo Helios Flat Nano S3 Pro+ Natural 13W","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe brighter Pro+ version of Neo's slim 13 W clip-on nano LED.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Neo Helios Flat Nano S3 Pro+ Natural is a 13 W full spectrum LED light (light across the colour range, for fish and plants) that Neo makes as a brighter step up from the S3 Plus. The flat head clips onto the rim of the tank and turns through 180 degrees, and it runs from a simple on\/off switch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrighter than the S3 Plus\u003c\/strong\u003e at the same 13 W.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClip-on mount\u003c\/strong\u003e for tank glass up to 15 mm thick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e180 degree rotation\u003c\/strong\u003e to aim the light across the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra slim flat head\u003c\/strong\u003e with a simple on\/off switch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull spectrum LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e, which Neo calls Life Spectrum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 13 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight head: 18.5 x 7.5 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass thickness: up to 15 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTank length: about 20 to 45 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl: on\/off switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to freshwater nano tanks, low-tech planted tanks (planted tanks run without added CO2) and terrariums or paludariums (tanks that are part water, part land), up to about 45 cm long. It is not sold as a reef light and is not listed for tanks with corals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the light head, power lead and plug clear of the water, and use an RCD (safety switch) protected outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour rights under Australian Consumer Law apply. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Neo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242214015267,"sku":"BA8418","price":37.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/neo-helios-flat-nano-s3-pro--10268542959907-1-dq.webp?v=1790372841"},{"product_id":"fluval-marine-led-light-4-0","title":"Fluval Marine LED Light 4.0","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFull-spectrum reef lighting scaled to four tank sizes.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fluval Marine LED Light 4.0 is a Bluetooth app-controlled LED fixture for marine and reef aquariums, sold in four wattages from 20W up to 59W to suit everything from nano\/desktop tanks up to 145cm aquariums. Each size runs a full-spectrum blend with actinic wavelengths for coral colour and carries an IP67 waterproof rating, suiting reef keepers who want programmable sunrise-to-night lighting cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBluetooth app control via the FluvalSmart App, with programmable 24-hour cycles for sunrise, midday, sunset and night\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-spectrum LEDs with actinic wavelengths from 400nm to 480nm for coral fluorescence and colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25000K colour temperature on the 32W, 46W and 59W sizes; the 20W Nano blends 15000K white diodes with pink and UV-actinic wavelengths across the same 400-480nm range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIP67 waterproof rating on the fixture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnboard touch controls for on\/off, blue-only and dimming, independent of the app\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank coverage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20W (Nano)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNano\/desktop tanks, 12.7 x 12.7cm footprint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850 lm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBA8299\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61-85cm tank length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,350 lm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBA8298\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e91-122cm tank length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,950 lm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBA8264\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115-145cm tank length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,550 lm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA2867\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMatch the size to your tank length first, then check the PAR table below if you are keeping light-hungry corals near the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePAR at 30cm depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20W (Nano)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNano and desktop tanks with a footprint around 12.7 x 12.7cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTanks 61-85cm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTanks 91-122cm long (a standard 4-foot tank)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e94 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTanks 115-145cm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e102 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance and PAR at depth\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluval publishes centre-axis PAR (photosynthetically active radiation) readings for this range at set distances below the fixture, not at fixed 15\/30\/45\/60cm steps; the figures below are Fluval's own published readings, converted to the nearest centimetre. Fluval does not publish off-axis or edge-of-tank PAR figures for this range, so treat the table as centre-of-tank guidance only, and note the 20W Nano has no published reading past 30cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth from light\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e20W Nano\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e32W\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e46W\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e59W\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e376 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e381 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e212 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e222 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e236 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e243 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e94 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e102 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003enot published\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63 µmol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for \/ not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for fish-only and reef aquariums stocked with low to moderate-light corals, such as soft corals, LPS and many zoanthids, at the PAR levels shown above, and for reef keepers who want app-based sunrise and sunset control. Not suitable as the sole light source for a high-light, SPS-dominant reef without checking the PAR at your intended coral placement depth against the table above, and not built for freshwater planted-tank spectrum needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRunning costs and noise\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fixture is fanless, so it runs silently; Fluval does not publish an operating decibel figure for this range, so none is claimed here. Based on the wattage figures above and an assumed 8-hour reef photoperiod, indicative running cost is as follows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. annual energy at 8 hours\/day\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20W (Nano)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58 kWh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e93 kWh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e134 kWh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e172 kWh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAustralian Consumer Law guarantees apply to this product regardless of any manufacturer warranty term, and we could not confirm an Australia-specific manufacturer warranty length for this exact model from Fluval's own sources, so none is stated here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat app does the Marine LED 4.0 use?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt pairs by Bluetooth with the free FluvalSmart App for programmable sunrise, midday, sunset and night cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich size suits a standard 4-foot tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 46W size covers 91-122cm tanks, which fits a standard 4-foot (120cm) aquarium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this light safe to use above saltwater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the fixture carries an IP67 waterproof rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this run high-light SPS corals?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the PAR at depth table above against your coral's placement depth before relying on it as the sole light source for high-light SPS.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow is the light mounted?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20W Nano uses a repositionable over-the-glass mount, while the 32W, 46W and 59W sizes use Fluval's adjustable mounting legs that sit above the tank without needing a cut sliding hood; Fluval does not publish an exact bracket adjustment range for this line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it have manual controls as well as the app?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, onboard touch controls handle on\/off, blue-only and dimming, and the FluvalSmart App adds the full 24-hour programmable cycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"20W (Nano)","offer_id":55335020265763,"sku":"BA8299","price":189.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"32W (61-85cm)","offer_id":55335020298531,"sku":"BA8298","price":329.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"46W (91-122cm)","offer_id":55335020331299,"sku":"BA8264","price":349.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"59W (115-145cm)","offer_id":55335020364067,"sku":"AA2867","price":485.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/fluval-marine-led-light-4-0-10268553806115-1-dq.webp?v=1790372841"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-led-pendant-150cm","title":"Red Sea Reef LED Pendant 150cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuspend your reef lights over an open-top tank instead of clipping them to the rim.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefLED Pendant is a hanging bar kit for tanks up to around 150 cm (59 in) wide, letting ReefLED fixtures sit above the water on wires rather than on rim-mount brackets — the look most reefers want on an open-top display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWire-suspension mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e — lifts ReefLED fixtures clear of the rim for an unobstructed, open-top view of the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSized for tanks up to about 150 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea's equivalent kit in this size band is built to carry three ReefLED 90 or ReefLED 160S fixtures spaced along the bar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack or white trim\u003c\/strong\u003e — it sits above the tank rather than inside the aquascape, so finish matters more than on an in-tank part.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e pendant mounting bar and suspension hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e the ReefLED light fixtures themselves, and the ReefLED adapter trays that clip each fixture to the bar — both sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit is built for tanks up to roughly 150 cm (59 in) wide. Red Sea sells this pendant style in width-specific bands rather than one universal size, so if your tank is close to that limit, confirm your exact tank width and the number of ReefLED fixtures you're running before ordering — we can check it against Red Sea's current range for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e open-top marine and reef tanks where you want fixtures suspended rather than rim-clamped.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e tanks with a canopy or hood, or rimless tanks where a clamp-on arm is a simpler fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard shipping across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need anything else to use this?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — your ReefLED fixtures and their adapter trays are separate purchases. The pendant bar and suspension wires are the mounting system only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many lights can I hang from it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's equivalent kit in this width band is designed for three ReefLED 90 or 160S fixtures. Confirm your fixture count with us before ordering if you're planning something different.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this with a rimless tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — pendant mounting is the standard choice for open-top and rimless tanks where you don't want a clamp visible on the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242245964067,"sku":"AA3337","price":475.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reef-led-pendant-150-43106819277091.webp?v=1790231145"},{"product_id":"rms-xr30-tank-mounting-system","title":"Rms XR30 Tank Mounting System","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne arm that clamps a single Radion XR30 firmly above the tank.\u003c\/strong\u003e The RMS XR30 Tank Mount is EcoTech's single-light bracket for the XR30: an anodised aluminium arm that clamps to a rimmed or rimless tank up to 35 mm (1-3\/8\") of glass or rim and holds the fixture roughly 180 mm (7\") above the mounting point. It's backwards compatible with every XR30 generation — G3, G4, G5 and G6 — so a light upgrade later doesn't mean buying a new mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnodised aluminium arm\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds a single XR30 steady with no drift over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamps up to 35 mm of glass or rim\u003c\/strong\u003e — suits rimmed and rimless tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackwards compatible with every XR30 generation\u003c\/strong\u003e — G3 through G6.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact clamp footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — 89 x 83 x 76 mm, so it doesn't crowd a narrow rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e330 mm (13\") clearance needed above the mount\u003c\/strong\u003e — worth checking against canopy or hood height before ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRadion XR30 — all generations (G3–G6)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnodised aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRim\/glass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 35 mm (1-3\/8\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 x 83 x 76 mm (3.5\" x 3.25\" x 3\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixture height above mount point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~180 mm (7\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClearance required above mount\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 mm (13\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLights supported\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne XR30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, on rimmed, rimless or eurobraced glass up to 35 mm thick. Measure the actual rim or glass edge where the clamp will sit, not the tank's overall footprint, before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e a single Radion XR30 on one tank, on glass or rim up to 35 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Radion XR15 fixtures — use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rms-xr15-tank-mounting-system\"\u003eRMS XR15 tank mount\u003c\/a\u003e instead — or two or more lights on one tank, which need the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rms-multi-arm-radion-mounting-system\"\u003eMulti-Arm RMS kit\u003c\/a\u003e and a track.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne RMS single-arm mount, sized for the XR30\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClamp hardware for glass or rim up to 35 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-xr30-blue-led\"\u003eRadion XR30 BLUE LED\u003c\/a\u003e — the fixture this mount is built for.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-xr30-pro-led\"\u003eRadion XR30 PRO LED\u003c\/a\u003e — EcoTech's higher-output XR30.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rms-multi-arm-radion-mounting-system\"\u003eRMS Multi-Arm Mounting Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — for running a second light on the same tank later.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by EcoTech Marine's 1-year limited warranty from date of purchase, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Register within 30 days of purchase to activate cover. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit a rimless tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It clamps rimmed, rimless and eurobraced tanks up to 35 mm of glass or rim.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it fit older XR30 generations?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, EcoTech states it's backwards compatible with every XR30 generation, G3 through G6.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much clearance do I need above the tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow 330 mm (13\") above the mounting point for the arm and bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I mount two XR30s with this?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, this is a single-light mount. For two or more lights on one tank, you'll need the Multi-Arm RMS kit and a track.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"EcoTech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242257695011,"sku":"AA1694","price":99.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/rms-xr30-tank-mounting-syste-43876718903587.webp?v=1790239539"},{"product_id":"radion-xr15-blue-led","title":"Radion XR15 G5 Blue LED","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA compact, blue-heavy reef light from EcoTech's fifth Radion generation.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the EcoTech Marine Radion XR15 G5 Blue, an 18 cm square LED light for reef aquariums. Its 52 LEDs are weighted towards royal blue and blue, with violet, UV, cyan and small amounts of white, red and lime, across 10 colour channels. It uses HEI optics (Hemispherical Edge Illumination, EcoTech's lens design for even spread and colour mixing) and is programmed through EcoTech's Mobius app.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue-weighted spectrum\u003c\/strong\u003e for a blue reef look, with every colour channel adjustable in the app.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHEI optics\u003c\/strong\u003e for smoother colour mixing and a more even spread of light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobius app control\u003c\/strong\u003e (iOS and Android) over the light's built-in Bluetooth, with no separate controller needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMoonlight LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e (two lunar LEDs) for a dim night-time light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Radion XR15 G5 Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 100 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInput: 100 to 240 V AC, 50\/60 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 18 x 18 x 3.9 cm (7 x 7 x 1.5 inch)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: about 1.6 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLEDs (52): 20 royal blue, 12 blue, 5 cyan, 3 violet, 3 cool white, 2 UV 405 nm, 2 UV 415 nm, 2 lime, 1 photo red, 2 lunar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for reef aquariums about 61 to 76 cm (24 to 30 inch) wide and deep per light, where a blue look is wanted. Longer tanks need more than one light. Not the choice if you want a broader spectrum; EcoTech's XR15 Pro (listed separately) is the broader option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMount the light securely above the water so it cannot fall in, keep it and the power supply clear of salt spray, and plug in to an RCD (safety switch) protected outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by EcoTech Marine's one year limited warranty against defects in materials and workmanship, provided the light is registered with EcoTech within 30 days of purchase, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"EcoTech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242257727779,"sku":"AA1692","price":685.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/radion-xr15-blue-led-43876718936355.webp?v=1790239536"},{"product_id":"radion-xr15-pro-led","title":"Radion XR15 G5 PRO LED","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA compact reef light from EcoTech's fifth Radion generation, with the broader Pro spectrum.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the EcoTech Marine Radion XR15 G5 Pro, an 18 cm square LED light for reef aquariums. Its 52 LEDs cover 10 colour channels, with cool white, warm white and green alongside royal blue, blue, violet and UV, which EcoTech describes as its comprehensive spectrum. It uses HEI optics (Hemispherical Edge Illumination, EcoTech's lens design for even spread and colour mixing) and is programmed through EcoTech's Mobius app.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePro spectrum\u003c\/strong\u003e with every colour channel adjustable in the app.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHEI optics\u003c\/strong\u003e for smoother colour mixing and less shadowing in the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobius app control\u003c\/strong\u003e (EcoTech's app for iOS and Android) with no separate controller needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet active cooling\u003c\/strong\u003e: a heat sink with multiple channels for unrestricted airflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMoonlight LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e (two lunar LEDs) for a dim night-time light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Radion XR15 G5 Pro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 105 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInput: 100 to 240 V AC, 50\/60 Hz, 1.3 A peak inrush (the brief surge when switched on)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 18 x 18 x 3.9 cm (7 x 7 x 1.5 inch)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: about 1.6 kg (3.5 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLEDs (52): 16 royal blue, 8 blue, 12 cool white, 3 warm white, 2 violet, 2 UV 405 nm, 2 UV 415 nm, 3 green, 2 photo red, 2 lunar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting height: EcoTech suggests about 18 cm (7 inch) above the edge of the tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for reef aquariums about 61 to 76 cm (24 to 30 inch) wide and deep per light. Longer tanks need more than one light. If you want a bluer look, the XR15 G5 Blue (listed separately) is the blue-weighted option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMount the light securely above the water so it cannot fall in, keep it and the power supply clear of salt spray, and plug in to an RCD (safety switch) protected outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by EcoTech Marine's one year limited warranty against defects in materials and workmanship, provided the light is registered with EcoTech within 30 days of purchase, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"EcoTech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242265624867,"sku":"AA0831","price":684.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/radion-xr15-pro-led-43876719165731.webp?v=1790239780"},{"product_id":"radion-led-premium-hanging-kit-gen5","title":"Radion LED Premium Hanging Kit gen5","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNothing touches the tank, and nothing blocks the rim.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Radion LED Premium Hanging Kit suspends a single Radion XR15 or XR30 from the ceiling on two cables, with a grip-lock at each cable that sets the height. It is the answer for rimless display tanks, in-wall builds, and any aquarium where a clamp on the rim would be in the way. EcoTech also lists this kit as the Single Unit Hanging Kit; it is the same product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-cable suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e — the fixture hangs level from two ceiling points rather than pivoting on one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrip-lock height adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e — push cable through or pull it back to set the height, then trim the excess once you are happy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNothing on the rim\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps the tank edge clear for feeding, glass cleaning and full-length lids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePublished drilling spacing\u003c\/strong\u003e — EcoTech gives the exact distance between mounting points, so you drill once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne fixture per kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — designed and specified for a single Radion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRadion Premium Hanging Kit, also listed by EcoTech as the Single Unit Hanging Kit for Radion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixtures per kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible fixtures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRadion XR15 and XR30. EcoTech's compatibility table covers generations G1 through to G5 Pro\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting point spacing — XR30\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e247 mm (9.72 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting point spacing — XR15\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e127.5 mm (5.02 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum mounting height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.3 cm (8 in) above the tank, as recommended by EcoTech\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrip-lock on each cable; excess cable trimmed to suit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounts to\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeiling or overhead structure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months from purchase, subject to product registration within 30 days, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging cable — 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws — 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrip lock screw — 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrip lock body — 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable mount base — 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable mount cover — 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEyelet cable — 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEcoTech lists these as additionally required. Have them ready before you start.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeiling fixings\u003c\/strong\u003e — not supplied, because the right anchor depends on whether you are going into a joist, plasterboard or concrete. This is the item people most often discover missing halfway through the job.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 mm Allen key\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScrewdriver\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWire cutters\u003c\/strong\u003e, for trimming the cable to length at the end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Radion fixture itself\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my setup?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit hangs from structure above the tank, so the question is what is up there. Find a joist or another load-bearing point, because plasterboard alone is not a mounting surface for a suspended light over water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrill to EcoTech's published spacing: 247 mm apart for an XR30, 127.5 mm for an XR15. Getting this right the first time is the difference between two holes and four.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet the fixture at least 20.3 cm (8 in) above the tank. EcoTech states that mounting lower than this can expose the Radion to excessive moisture or contact with water, and that resulting water damage is not covered by warranty. That is the manufacturer's own wording and it is worth taking seriously on a fixture at this price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRimless display tanks where a rim clamp would spoil the look\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn-wall and peninsula builds with solid structure overhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle-fixture installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks where the rim needs to stay completely clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging two or more fixtures — that needs EcoTech's RMS hanging kit plus an \u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-multi-light-rms-rail\"\u003eRMS track\u003c\/a\u003e and slides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRooms with no accessible structure above the tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting closer than 20.3 cm above the water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRadion G6 owners without checking first — see the question below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the grip-locks and ceiling fixings a week after installation, then once or twice a year. A suspended fixture is entirely dependent on hardware you cannot see from the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe salt creep off the cables and eyelets when you clean the glass. Do not trim the hanging cable until the fixture is at its final height, because cable cannot be put back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-g6-g5-diffuser\"\u003eRadion G6\/G5 Diffuser\u003c\/a\u003e — softens the shimmer from a fixture hung high over an open tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-rms-tank-mounting-system\"\u003eRMS Tank Mounting System\u003c\/a\u003e — the tank-clamped alternative if the ceiling is not an option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-multi-light-rms-rail\"\u003eRMS Track\u003c\/a\u003e — the starting point if you later add a second fixture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEcoTech Marine warrants its products for 12 months from the date of original purchase, and requires the product to be registered within 30 days of purchase for that term to take effect. The warranty excludes damage from saltwater spray, misuse and improper installation, and EcoTech specifically excludes water damage caused by mounting the fixture below the recommended height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll of that applies in addition to the consumer guarantees you have under Australian Consumer Law, which cannot be excluded, restricted or modified by a manufacturer's warranty. Warranty service outside the United States is handled through the local distributor, so Australian claims come back through us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this hang two Radions?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The EcoTech Premium Hanging Kit is designed and specified for one Radion fixture. To suspend multiple lights you need EcoTech's separate RMS hanging kit together with an RMS track and one slide per fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it fit a Radion G6?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEcoTech's own compatibility table for this kit lists Radion generations G1 through to G5 Pro, and does not name G6. Our supplier lists it as fitting all XR15 and XR30 generations. Because those two sources disagree, we would rather you checked with us with your exact model than have you find out on a ladder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow far apart do I drill the ceiling holes?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEcoTech specifies 247 mm (9.72 in) between mounting points for an XR30, and 127.5 mm (5.02 in) for an XR15. Measure against your fixture before drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAre ceiling anchors included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. EcoTech supplies the cables, grip locks, cable mounts and four mounting screws, but the anchor that goes into your ceiling is not included because it depends entirely on your ceiling construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow low can I hang the light?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEcoTech recommends a minimum of 20.3 cm (8 in) above the tank and warns that mounting lower can expose the fixture to moisture or water contact, with any resulting water damage falling outside warranty cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long are the cables?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEcoTech does not publish a cable length for this kit. The cables are cut to length on installation using the grip-lock adjusters, so if you have a very high ceiling, ask us to confirm the supplied length before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"EcoTech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242268737827,"sku":"AA0676","price":75.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/radion-led-premium-hanging-k-43877849235747.webp?v=1790239781"},{"product_id":"rms-xr15-tank-mounting-system","title":"Rms XR15 Tank Mounting System","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne arm that clamps a single Radion XR15 firmly above the tank.\u003c\/strong\u003e The RMS XR15 Tank Mount is EcoTech's single-light bracket: an anodised aluminium arm that clamps to a rimmed or rimless tank up to 35 mm (1-3\/8\") of glass or rim and holds one XR15 fixture roughly 260 mm (10.25\") above the mounting point. It's backwards compatible with every XR15 generation, so upgrading the light later doesn't mean replacing the mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnodised aluminium arm\u003c\/strong\u003e — rigid enough to hold a single XR15 steady with no drift over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamps up to 35 mm of glass or rim\u003c\/strong\u003e — suits rimmed and rimless tanks alike.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple extension rails included\u003c\/strong\u003e — sets the fixture at the right distance from the glass on wider or narrower tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackwards compatible with every XR15 generation\u003c\/strong\u003e — G3 through G6, so a light upgrade doesn't force a mount upgrade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e330 mm (13\") clearance needed above the mount\u003c\/strong\u003e — check canopy or hood height before ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRadion XR15 — all generations (G3–G6)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnodised aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRim\/glass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 35 mm (1-3\/8\"), down to about 13 mm (1\/2\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 x 83 x 76 mm (3.5\" x 3.25\" x 3\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixture height above mount point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~260 mm (10.25\") to the top of the bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClearance required above mount\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 mm (13\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLights supported\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne XR15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, on rimmed or rimless glass up to 35 mm thick. Below that, the included extension rails take up the slack down to around 13 mm. Measure your actual rim or glass edge before ordering, not the tank's overall dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e a single Radion XR15 on one tank, on rimmed, rimless or eurobraced glass up to 35 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Radion XR30 fixtures — use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rms-xr30-tank-mounting-system\"\u003eRMS XR30 tank mount\u003c\/a\u003e instead — or two or more lights on one tank, which need the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rms-multi-arm-radion-mounting-system\"\u003eMulti-Arm RMS kit\u003c\/a\u003e and a track.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne RMS single-arm mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClamp hardware and extension rails for glass down to about 13 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-xr15-blue-led\"\u003eRadion XR15 Blue LED\u003c\/a\u003e — the fixture this mount is built for.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-xr15-pro-led\"\u003eRadion XR15 PRO LED\u003c\/a\u003e — EcoTech's higher-output XR15.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rms-multi-arm-radion-mounting-system\"\u003eRMS Multi-Arm Mounting Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — for running a second light on the same tank later.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by EcoTech Marine's 1-year limited warranty from date of purchase, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Register within 30 days of purchase to activate cover. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit a rimless tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It clamps rimmed, rimless and eurobraced tanks up to 35 mm of glass or rim.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it fit older XR15 generations?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, EcoTech states it's backwards compatible with every XR15 generation, G3 through G6.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much clearance do I need above the tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow 330 mm (13\") above the mounting point for the arm and bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I mount two XR15s with this?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a single-light mount. For two or more lights on one tank, you need the Multi-Arm RMS kit and a track, not two of these.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"EcoTech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242281025827,"sku":"AA1693","price":148.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/rms-xr15-tank-mounting-syste-43876719198499.webp?v=1790239784"},{"product_id":"rms-multi-arm-radion-mounting-system","title":"RMS Multi-Arm Radion Mounting System","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo anodised arms that turn a rimless tank into a multi-light rail mount.\u003c\/strong\u003e The RMS Multi-Arm kit supplies the pair of vertical uprights that anchor EcoTech's modular Multi-Light RMS system to a tank rim or glass edge up to 35 mm (1-3\/8\") thick. It's the structural half of a three-part system — an RMS track and an RMS slide for each fixture complete the setup — built for reefers running two or more Radion XR15 or XR30 lights over one tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnodised aluminium construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — rigid enough to carry a multi-light rail without sagging at the ends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamps up to 35 mm of glass or rim\u003c\/strong\u003e — works on rimmed, rimless and eurobraced tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in cable management\u003c\/strong\u003e — routes Radion cabling down the arm instead of trailing across the water's surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShares one rail with XR15 and XR30\u003c\/strong\u003e — mix fixture sizes on the same track.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounts the light about 180 mm (7\") above the waterline\u003c\/strong\u003e once paired with a slide, per EcoTech's own multi-light diagrams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComponent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo RMS mounting arms (vertical uprights)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEcoTech part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXR710\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnodised aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRim\/glass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 35 mm (1-3\/8\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank types\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRimmed, rimless, eurobraced\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible fixtures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRadion XR15 and XR30, on the same track\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold with\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArms only — track and slides sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many lights can I run on one rail?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCoverage depends on the RMS track length you pair with these arms. EcoTech's own sizing chart, standard mounting versus lights rotated 90° for tighter spacing:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLights, standard mount\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLights, rotated mount\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 cm (20.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e68 cm (27\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e93 cm (37\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e119 cm (47\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e144 cm (57\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 cm (67\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e195 cm (77\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 cm (87\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e246 cm (97\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box, and what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIn this box\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo RMS mounting arms (EcoTech part XR710)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClamp hardware fitting up to 35 mm of glass or rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eYou'll still need\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn \u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-multi-light-rms-rail\"\u003eRMS track\u003c\/a\u003e, sized to your tank length from the table above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn \u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-rms-slide\"\u003eRMS slide\u003c\/a\u003e for each Radion fixture you mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Radion fixtures themselves — \u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-xr15-blue-led\"\u003eXR15\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-xr30-blue-led\"\u003eXR30\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e tanks running two or more Radion XR15 or XR30 fixtures on a shared rail, and single-light owners upgrading to a wider multi-light spread.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e a single fixture on its own — buy the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rms-xr15-tank-mounting-system\"\u003eRMS XR15 tank mount\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rms-xr30-tank-mounting-system\"\u003eRMS XR30 tank mount\u003c\/a\u003e instead — or any tank rim or glass thicker than 35 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-multi-light-rms-rail\"\u003eRadion Multi-Light RMS Rail\u003c\/a\u003e — the horizontal track these arms clamp to.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-rms-slide\"\u003eRadion RMS G6\/G5 Slide\u003c\/a\u003e — one per fixture, lets each light slide along the rail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-xr30-pro-led\"\u003eRadion XR30 PRO LED\u003c\/a\u003e — EcoTech's current flagship fixture for this rail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by EcoTech Marine's 1-year limited warranty from date of purchase, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Register the product with EcoTech within 30 days of purchase to activate cover. Ships as a standard parcel — no special freight handling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this include the track and slides?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This kit is the arm pair only. You need an RMS track sized to your tank and an RMS slide for each Radion fixture to complete the system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit a rimless tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The clamp works on rimmed, rimless and eurobraced tanks up to 35 mm of glass or rim thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I mix XR15 and XR30 fixtures on the same rail?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Multi-Light RMS system is designed to carry XR15 and XR30 fixtures on the same track.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow far above the tank does the light sit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnce paired with a slide, the fixture sits roughly 180 mm (7\") above the waterline, per EcoTech's own mounting diagrams.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"EcoTech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242287317283,"sku":"AA0330","price":235.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/rms-multi-arm-radion-mountin-43876719329571.webp?v=1790239781"},{"product_id":"radion-xr30-blue-led","title":"Radion XR30 G5 BLUE LED","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEcoTech's larger fifth-generation Radion, tuned blue.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the EcoTech Marine Radion XR30 G5 Blue, a 30 x 18 cm LED light for reef aquariums. Its 102 LEDs are weighted towards royal blue and blue, with violet, UV, cyan and small amounts of white, red and lime, across 10 colour channels. It uses HEI optics (Hemispherical Edge Illumination, EcoTech's lens design for even spread and colour mixing) and is programmed through EcoTech's Mobius app.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue-weighted spectrum\u003c\/strong\u003e for a blue reef look, with every colour channel adjustable in the app.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHEI optics\u003c\/strong\u003e for smoother colour mixing and less shadowing in the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobius app control\u003c\/strong\u003e (EcoTech's app for iOS and Android) with no separate controller needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet active cooling\u003c\/strong\u003e: a heat sink with multiple channels for unrestricted airflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMoonlight LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e (two lunar LEDs) for a dim night-time light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Radion XR30 G5 Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 205 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInput: 100 to 240 V AC, 50\/60 Hz, 4.0 A peak inrush (the brief surge when switched on)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 30 x 18 x 3.9 cm (11.8 x 7 x 1.5 inch)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: about 2.0 kg (4.5 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLEDs (102): 40 royal blue, 24 blue, 10 cyan, 6 violet, 6 cool white, 4 UV 405 nm, 4 UV 415 nm, 4 lime, 2 photo red, 2 lunar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoverage: up to 91 x 91 cm (36 x 36 inch) per light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting height: EcoTech suggests about 18 cm (7 inch) above the edge of the tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for reef aquariums up to about 91 cm (36 inch) wide and deep per light, where a blue look is wanted. Longer tanks need more than one light. Not the choice if you want a broader, whiter spectrum; the Pro version is the broader option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMount the light securely above the water so it cannot fall in, keep it and the power supply clear of salt spray, and plug in to an RCD (safety switch) protected outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by EcoTech Marine's one year limited warranty against defects in materials and workmanship, provided the light is registered with EcoTech within 30 days of purchase, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"EcoTech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242287513891,"sku":"AA0325","price":1291.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/radion-xr30-blue-led-43876719460643.webp?v=1790239781"},{"product_id":"radion-xr30-pro-led","title":"Radion XR30 PRO LED","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEcoTech's larger Radion reef light, with the broader Pro spectrum.\u003c\/strong\u003e The EcoTech Marine Radion XR30 Pro is a 30 x 18 cm LED light for reef aquariums. Compared with the blue-weighted Blue version, the Pro spectrum has more white LEDs and adds green alongside royal blue, blue, violet and UV, for a fuller look. It is programmed through EcoTech's Mobius app, and every colour channel can be adjusted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePro spectrum\u003c\/strong\u003e, EcoTech's broader colour mix, adjustable channel by channel in the app.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobius app control\u003c\/strong\u003e (EcoTech's app for iOS and Android) with no separate controller needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMoonlight\u003c\/strong\u003e for a dim night-time light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRMS mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e: fits EcoTech's Radion Mounting System arms, tracks and hanging kits (sold separately).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Radion XR30 Pro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 215 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInput: 100 to 240 V AC, 50\/60 Hz, 4.0 A peak inrush (the brief surge when switched on)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 30 x 18 x 3.9 cm (11.8 x 7 x 1.5 inch)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: about 2.0 kg (4.5 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for reef aquariums up to about 91 cm (36 inch) wide per light, where a broader, whiter spectrum is wanted. Longer tanks need more than one light. If you want a bluer look, the Blue version is the blue-weighted option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMount the light securely above the water so it cannot fall in, keep it and the power supply clear of salt spray, and plug in to an RCD (safety switch) protected outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by EcoTech Marine's one year limited warranty against defects in materials and workmanship, provided the light is registered with EcoTech within 30 days of purchase, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"EcoTech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242287579427,"sku":"AA0326","price":1291.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/radion-xr30-pro-led-43876719591715.webp?v=1790239781"},{"product_id":"fluval-marine-plant-4-0-led-140cm-cable-suspension-kit","title":"Fluval Plant 3.0 \u0026 Marine 3.0 LED 140cm Cable Suspension Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHang a Fluval Plant 3.0 or Marine 3.0 LED above your tank instead of sitting it on the glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is Fluval's suspension kit (Fluval item 14566) for the Plant 3.0 and Marine 3.0 Bluetooth LED lights. It holds the light on two 140 cm cables, which leaves the top of the tank open and gives you easier access for maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluval makes this kit for its 3.0 lights. The newer Plant 4.0 and Reef 4.0 LED lights use a different Fluval suspension kit (item A20482), so check the model of your light before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo 140 cm (55 inch) cables\u003c\/strong\u003e, supplied with mounting nuts and clips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits every 3.0 size\u003c\/strong\u003e, the 22 W, 32 W, 46 W and 59 W Plant 3.0 and Marine 3.0 Bluetooth LED lights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFluval item: 14566\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: 2 x 140 cm (55 inch) suspension cables with mounting nuts and clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits: Fluval Plant 3.0 Bluetooth LED and Marine 3.0 Bluetooth LED, 22 W, 32 W, 46 W and 59 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight sizes covered: from the 38 to 61 cm (15 to 24 inch) light up to the 122 to 153 cm (48 to 60 inch) light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for hanging a Fluval Plant 3.0 or Marine 3.0 Bluetooth LED over an open-top aquarium. Not suitable for the Plant 4.0 or Reef 4.0 LED, which take Fluval's 4.0 suspension kit, and Fluval does not list it for other light ranges. You will need a secure fixing point above the tank to hang the cables from.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluval does not publish a warranty for this accessory on its product page. Any help we give with a faulty kit is in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242296885539,"sku":"BA8349","price":34.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/fluval-marine-plant-4-0-led--10268580217123-1-dq.webp?v=1790372841"},{"product_id":"fluval-marine-3-0-led","title":"Fluval Marine 3.0 LED","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBluetooth reef LED with a full PAR-at-depth curve for every wattage it's sold in.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fluval Marine 3.0 is a Bluetooth-controlled marine-spectrum LED fixture sold in three lengths — 32 W, 46 W and 59 W — to fit tanks from 61 cm to 145 cm. It is the previous generation to the Fluval Reef 4.0, and Fluval still sells and supports it as a lower-cost marine light with the same core spectrum.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarine spectrum with deep blues\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 25000K white channel across seven wavelength bands (10000–13000K, 400nm, 420nm, 440nm, 460nm, 480nm and pink), built for coral colour and growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFluvalSmart Bluetooth app control\u003c\/strong\u003e — program a 24-hour cycle from your phone; a touch-switch on the fixture gives manual on\/off and dimming without the app.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIP67-rated housing\u003c\/strong\u003e — sealed against splash and humidity above an open-top tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50,000-hour LED lifespan\u003c\/strong\u003e — rated to run for years of daily photoperiods before output drops off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits tank length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLEDs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61–85 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e168\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,350 lm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFLED55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e91–122 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e252\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,950 lm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFLED56\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115–145 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e336\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,550 lm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContact us to confirm current SKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll three wattages share the same spectrum, IP67 housing and Bluetooth app control. Colour temperature is rated at 25000 K. Fluval does not publish a 22 W Marine 3.0 model for this range — the smallest length sold here is 32 W.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich wattage do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch the wattage to your tank's external length, not its volume. All three units cover an extendable range, so measure your tank's length before ordering rather than rounding to the nearest model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerformance: PAR at depth\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDistance below fixture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e32 W — PAR\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e46 W — PAR\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e59 W — PAR\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.6 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e376\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e381\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e222\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e236\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e243\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e94\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e102\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003ePAR drops fast with distance — by 45.7 cm even the 59 W model reads under a fifth of its value at 7.6 cm. Keep SPS and other high-light corals in the top third of the water column rather than relying on wattage alone to reach the sand bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGeneration and version differences\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Marine 3.0 is the predecessor to the Fluval Reef 4.0. Both run a comparable marine spectrum and IP67 housing; the 4.0 range adds Bluetooth Mesh (for linking multiple fixtures) in place of the 3.0's single-fixture Bluetooth, and is available down to a 22 W size that the 3.0 range here does not offer. Mounting hardware is not interchangeable between the two generations — check you're ordering the bracket for the model you own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reef and marine fish-only-with-live-rock tanks, soft corals and LPS across all three wattages, and SPS in the upper water column where PAR is confirmed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater planted tanks — this is a marine spectrum, not the warmer white and red spectrum a planted tank needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eRunning costs and noise\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSilent — there is no fan. Indicative running cost, based on a 10-hour reef photoperiod at 30c\/kWh:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnnual kWh\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. annual cost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e117 kWh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e168 kWh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e215 kWh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$65\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Fluval's manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Built for 240 V \/ 50 Hz Australian mains with an AU plug. Standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the Marine 3.0 and the Reef 4.0?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth run a comparable marine spectrum. The Reef 4.0 adds Bluetooth Mesh for linking multiple fixtures and is available in a smaller 22 W size; the Marine 3.0 controls one fixture at a time from the app and starts at 32 W.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I control it without the app?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the touch-switch on the fixture gives manual on\/off and dimming. Programmable sunrise\/sunset cycles need the FluvalSmart app.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this grow SPS coral?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll three wattages deliver a measured PAR above 375 in the top 7.6 cm of water, which is in SPS range. Depth and coral placement matter as much as wattage — keep demanding corals high in the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs it splash-safe over an open-top tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the housing is IP67-rated against water, moisture and dust.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"32 w (61-85 cm)","offer_id":55249648353571,"sku":"FLED55","price":351.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"46 w (91-122 cm)","offer_id":55249648386339,"sku":"FLED56","price":653.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"59 w (115-145 cm)","offer_id":55249648419107,"sku":null,"price":796.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/fluval-marine-3-0-led-10269971153187-1-dq.webp?v=1790372840"},{"product_id":"fluval-aquasky-3-0-led","title":"Fluval Aquasky 3.0 LED","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn app-controlled RGB and white LED for freshwater, planted and fish-only marine tanks.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fluval Aquasky 3.0 combines red, green and blue LEDs with two whites (4,000 K and 10,000 K; K, or kelvin, describes how warm or cool white light looks) so you can set both brightness and colour. You control it over Bluetooth and Wi-Fi (2.4 GHz) through the free FluvalConnect app for iOS and Android.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgrammable 24 hour cycle\u003c\/strong\u003e with sunrise, midday, dusk and night settings, plus weather and special effects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIP67 rated\u003c\/strong\u003e (a standard sealing rating against dust and water), with a glass lens and aluminium alloy frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e extendable brackets, under-canopy mounting clips, and clips for T5 or T8 retrofit kits (kits that let an LED sit where an old fluorescent tube was).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED life\u003c\/strong\u003e rated by Fluval at 50,000 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 W: tanks 38 to 63 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 W: tanks 53 to 84 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e21 W: tanks 75 to 106 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e27 W: tanks 91 to 123 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e33 W: tanks 115 to 146 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize shown is the range of tank lengths the brackets extend to\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl: Bluetooth and Wi-Fi (2.4 GHz), FluvalConnect app\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower supply: 100 to 240 V input, 24 V output\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: LED light with 2 m cord, power supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluval lists the Aquasky 3.0 for freshwater, planted and fish-only marine aquariums. It is not listed by Fluval for reef tanks with corals. Measure the outside length of your tank and choose the size whose bracket range covers it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the light with a damp cloth only; Fluval says not to use detergents or harsh cleaners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor indoor use only. Fluval says not to immerse the light, so keep it on its brackets above the water, and plug the power supply into an RCD (safety switch) protected outlet clear of splash.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour rights under Australian Consumer Law apply. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"12 w (38-63 cm)","offer_id":55249650745635,"sku":null,"price":226.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"16 w (53-85 cm)","offer_id":55249650778403,"sku":null,"price":219.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"21 w (75-106 cm)","offer_id":55249650811171,"sku":null,"price":316.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 w (83-106 cm)","offer_id":55249650843939,"sku":"AA2616","price":229.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"27 w (91-123 cm)","offer_id":55249650876707,"sku":null,"price":339.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"30 w (99-130 cm)","offer_id":55249650909475,"sku":"AA1683","price":269.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"33 w (115-146 cm)","offer_id":55249650942243,"sku":null,"price":407.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/fluval-aquasky-3-0-led-42333539107107.webp?v=1790233225"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-led-90-mount-arm-54-62-cm","title":"Red Sea Reef LED 90 Mount Arm 54 - 62 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits ReefLED 90 and ReefLED G2 115, for tanks 54–62 cm front to back.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefLED Mount Arm is the genuine rim-mount bracket that holds a ReefLED 90 or ReefLED G2 115 fixture clear of the water without a stand or hanging kit. This size covers aquariums measuring 54–62 cm from front glass to back glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the front-to-back depth of the tank at the point the arm will clamp, not the tank's overall length. This arm is sized for 54–62 cm front-to-back; Red Sea sells shorter and longer arms in the same range for tanks outside that window, so measure before ordering rather than assuming this is the universal size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits models\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank depth (front-to-back)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMax glass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED 90, ReefLED G2 115\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54–62 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm (3\/4\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum glass thickness figure is the published spec for Red Sea's ReefLED mounting-arm range rather than one confirmed specifically against this size — check your rim thickness against it before ordering if your tank is towards the thick end of that limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVertical mounting arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHorizontal mounting arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHinged bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTank mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ReefLED fixture itself. This is the mounting hardware only — buy the light separately if you don't already own one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e rimmed and rimless glass aquariums with a front-to-back depth in the 54–62 cm range, running a ReefLED 90 or ReefLED G2 115.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e the ReefLED G2 170, which is a larger fixture on a different mount pattern, or tanks outside the 54–62 cm depth window.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by the consumer guarantees available under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a standard parcel item.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this fit the ReefLED G2 170?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The G2 170 is a larger fixture and uses its own mount arm sizing — check the G2 170-specific arm instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need one arm or two?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne arm holds one fixture. Tanks running two ReefLED units side by side need two arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this work on a rimless tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the clamp is designed for both rimmed and rimless glass, provided the glass thickness is within the arm's rated maximum.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I adjust the height after mounting?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the arm is designed to rotate up out of the way for tank maintenance and back down into position afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default","offer_id":55269635817763,"sku":null,"price":95.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reef-led-90-mount-ar-46119501201699.webp?v=1790239781"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-hanging-kit-fits-reefled-g2-60-115-170","title":"Red Sea ReefLED Hanging Kit (Fits ReefLED G2 60, 115 \u0026 170)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuspend the fixture from the ceiling, with nothing resting on the rim.\u003c\/strong\u003e This genuine Red Sea hanging kit lets a ReefLED G2 60, 115 or 170 hang above the tank instead of clamping to the glass — useful on rimless tanks, tanks with a rim too thick for the standard mounting arm, or simply where you want the fixture held clear of the water for feeding and maintenance access.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits the whole G2 range\u003c\/strong\u003e — one kit suspends the ReefLED G2 60, 115 or 170; Red Sea also lists it as compatible with the previous-generation ReefLED 50, 90 and 160.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeiling suspension, not rim mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e — the fixture hangs on wires rather than clamping to the glass, so it works on tanks the standard mounting arm can't grip and leaves the rim completely clear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight adjustable\u003c\/strong\u003e — wire suspension lets you set the light's drop to suit coral depth, rather than being fixed to the tank's rim height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea part\u003c\/strong\u003e — built for a secure, level hang over a display tank rather than a generic ceiling hook.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea ReefLED G2 60, G2 115, G2 170 (also compatible with previous-generation ReefLED 50, 90 and 160)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeiling or overhead-frame suspension by wire\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne kit per ReefLED fixture being hung\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit mounts to your ceiling or an overhead frame rather than to the tank, so it suits any tank width — it's the ceiling height and joist or stud location above the aquarium that need checking before you drill. It's the better choice over the standard mounting arm on rimless tanks, tanks with too thick a rim for the arm's clamp, or where you don't want equipment overhanging the rim at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for hanging a single ReefLED G2 fixture from a solid ceiling or frame above the tank. Not a multi-light frame — if you're running two or more ReefLED units across a wider display, the Red Sea Pendant (sold separately) holds several fixtures on one suspended frame and is the better fit for that setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the suspension wires and ceiling fixings periodically, particularly in the weeks after installation and after any accidental knock to the fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. A small parts item, sent by standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes one kit hang more than one light?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this kit suspends a single ReefLED G2 fixture. For multiple lights over a wider tank, use the Red Sea Pendant, which holds several units on one frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this replace the mounting arm, or work alongside it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt replaces it. The hanging kit is a ceiling-suspension alternative to the rim-clamping mounting arm — you'd use one or the other on a given fixture, not both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I adjust the height after installation?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The wire suspension lets you raise or lower the fixture to set its distance from the water without reinstalling the ceiling fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default","offer_id":55269635850531,"sku":null,"price":61.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefled-hanging-kit-43127479828771.webp?v=1790233226"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-qube-50","title":"Aqua Medic Qube 50","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA compact 50 W LED spot for a marine nano or coral display up to about 50 x 50 cm.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Medic Qube 50 is a high-power LED spotlight for saltwater aquariums, not a tank. Its cluster chip of 24 LED elements mixes cool white with royal blue, sky blue, violet and UV in a blue-heavy spectrum, spread evenly by a 90 degree lens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo manually adjustable channels\u003c\/strong\u003e, so you set the colour and brightness yourself.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0 to 10 V input\u003c\/strong\u003e for running it from an external lighting controller.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 50 W maximum, 24 V from the supplied 100 to 240 V transformer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLEDs: 9 cool white (12,000 K), 9 royal blue, 2 sky blue, 2 violet, 2 UV. K, kelvin, describes how warm or cool white light looks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLens: 90 degrees; lit area up to about 50 x 50 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePAR (the light corals can use): 1,250 micromol per square metre per second, Aqua Medic's figure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHousing: about 80 x 80 x 65 mm, about 725 g with holder, with a silent-running internal fan; flexible gooseneck and a wire kit for hanging from the ceiling supplied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for marine nano tanks and for lighting the corners of larger reef aquariums, with Aqua Medic rating the lit area at up to about 50 x 50 cm. Not a planted-tank spectrum; the Qube 30 plant covers that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the transformer clear of splash and run it from an RCD (safety switch) protected outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55285029929251,"sku":"AB83216050","price":630.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-qube-50-43507416662307.webp?v=1790234311"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-aqualine-t5-reef-blue","title":"Aqua Medic Aqualine T5 Reef Blue","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe actinic blue tube that makes coral colour pop under Reef White.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Medic Aqualine T5 Reef Blue is a T5 HO actinic tube putting out blue light across roughly 400–500 nm, peaking near 420 nm — the band that drives visible coral fluorescence. It is designed to run alongside Reef White 10K or 15K tubes rather than as a tank's only light source.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eActinic blue spectrum\u003c\/strong\u003e — peak output near 420 nm, the wavelength that drives coral fluorescence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePairs with Reef White\u003c\/strong\u003e — built to run alongside Aqua Medic's 10K or 15K Reef White tubes, or a metal halide, rather than solo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree wattages\u003c\/strong\u003e — 24 W, 54 W and 80 W to match different fixture sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAB88700\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4025901116540\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatches the standard T5 HO 54 W tube length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAB88702\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4025901116564\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatches the standard T5 HO 80 W tube length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAB88703\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4025901116571\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich wattage do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch the wattage to what your fixture's ballast is rated for — T5 HO tubes will not run correctly on a ballast built for a different wattage. Check the wattage marked on your existing actinic tube or fixture before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable as a supplementary actinic in a multi-tube T5 or T5\/metal-halide reef fixture. Not suitable as a tank's only light source — run it alongside a Reef White tube or another white-spectrum source, or coral colour will read flat and blue without the white balance to show it off properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by the manufacturer's standard warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships standard parcel from North Lakes, QLD.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I run this as my only tube?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can, but the tank will read blue rather than showing true coral colour — it is designed to supplement a white-spectrum tube, not replace it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it fit my existing T5 fixture?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAny T5 HO fixture rated for the matching wattage will run it — match the wattage on your existing tube or fixture rather than the tube length alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between this and Reef White?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eReef White (10K or 15K) is a broad white spectrum for overall illumination and colour rendering; Reef Blue is a narrow actinic band that drives coral fluorescence. Most reef fixtures run a mix of both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need one Reef Blue per Reef White tube?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere is no fixed ratio — it comes down to your fixture's tube count and the look you are after. A common approach is roughly half-and-half between white and blue tubes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"24w","offer_id":55285029994787,"sku":"AB88700","price":66.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"54w","offer_id":55335270482211,"sku":"AB88702","price":80.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"80w","offer_id":55335270514979,"sku":"AB88703","price":86.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-aqualine-t5-reef-43507415941411.webp?v=1790234311"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-aqualine-t5-reef-white-15000ok-80w","title":"Aqua Medic Aqualine T5 Reef White 15000oK 80w","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe longest tube in the Aqualine T5 range, for large reef fixtures needing extra length.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Medic Aqualine T5 Reef White 15,000K is an 80 W T5 HO fluorescent tube at 1450 mm, giving a crisper, cooler daylight spectrum than the 10,000K tube in the same range. It uses the standard G5 bi-pin base shared across T5 HO fixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15,000K daylight white spectrum\u003c\/strong\u003e — noticeably cooler and more blue-shifted than the 10,000K Reef White tube, for reefers who prefer a crisper white.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e80 W output at full 1450 mm length\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for the largest single-run T5 HO fixtures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard G5 bi-pin base\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits any T5 HO fixture built for an 80 W \/ 1450 mm tube, Aqua Medic or third-party.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpectrum\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15,000K daylight white (\"Reef White\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLamp base\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eG5 bi-pin (standard T5 HO)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTube length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1450 mm (58\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLamp type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT5 HO fluorescent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine \/ reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e T5 HO fixtures built for an 80 W \/ 1450 mm tube — typically four and six-tube fixtures over large or long reef tanks. Run as the daylight tube alongside actinics for full-spectrum coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e shorter T5 HO fixtures — check your fixture's rated tube length before ordering, since an 80 W tube will not physically fit a fixture built for 550 mm or 850 mm tubes. Not a T8 or standard (non-HO) T5 replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs with the shorter tubes in this range, Aqua Medic does not publish a PAR-at-depth chart for the bare tube — actual PAR at the sand bed depends on the reflector and fixture, not the tube alone. Check your fixture's own performance chart for PAR planning. General T5 HO industry practice (not an Aqua Medic-specific figure) is to replace tubes on a roughly 9 to 12 month schedule, since usable coral-relevant spectrum fades well before the tube fails outright.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the tube and reflector free of salt creep — a dusty reflector costs more output than an ageing tube.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace on a schedule rather than by eye.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLet the tube cool before handling after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Aqua Medic's standard manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aqua-medic-aqualine-t5-reef-blue\"\u003eAqua Medic Aqualine T5 Reef Blue\u003c\/a\u003e — the matching actinic tube for a full white-and-blue reef spectrum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aqua-medic-aqualine-t5-reef-white-10000ok\"\u003eAqua Medic Aqualine T5 Reef White 10000K\u003c\/a\u003e — the shorter 24 W\/39 W tubes in the same daylight-white line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this tube fit my existing T5 fixture?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if your fixture is built for an 80 W tube at 1450 mm. T5 HO tube length and wattage are fixed together, so check your fixture's rated tube length before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the 10,000K and 15,000K Reef White tubes?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth are daylight-white spectrum rather than actinic blue, but the 15,000K tube runs noticeably cooler and more blue-shifted than the 10,000K tube. Choice comes down to personal colour preference for the display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow often should I replace it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost reef keepers replace T5 tubes on a schedule of roughly 9 to 12 months, since coral-relevant spectrum output fades before the tube visibly dims or fails — this is general T5 practice rather than a figure Aqua Medic publishes for this tube specifically.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55285030093091,"sku":"AB88713","price":96.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-aqualine-t5-reef-43507416138019.webp?v=1790234312"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-aqualine-t5-reef-white-10000ok","title":"Aqua Medic Aqualine T5 Reef White 10000oK","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA full-spectrum daylight tube built for any T5 HO reef fixture.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Medic Aqualine T5 Reef White is a 10,000K fluorescent tube sold in two lengths matched to wattage: 550 mm at 24 W and 850 mm at 39 W. It runs on the standard G5 bi-pin base used across the T5 HO market, so it fits Aqua Medic fixtures and third-party T5 HO fixtures built for the same tube length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10,000K daylight white spectrum\u003c\/strong\u003e — a clean, bright white without the added blue of the Reef Blue tube in the same range, for reefers running white and actinic tubes separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo lengths matched to wattage\u003c\/strong\u003e — 550 mm at 24 W, 850 mm at 39 W, so the tube fits the fixture it's replacing without adapting the reflector.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard G5 bi-pin base\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits any T5 HO fixture built for the matching tube length, not just Aqua Medic's own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStraightforward fluorescent swap\u003c\/strong\u003e — no driver, controller or app changes needed if you're already running a T5 HO fixture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpectrum\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,000K daylight white (\"Reef White\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLamp base\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eG5 bi-pin (standard T5 HO)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 W or 39 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTube length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 W: 550 mm (22\") · 39 W: 850 mm (34\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLamp type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT5 HO fluorescent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine \/ reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich wattage do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWattage on a T5 HO tube follows tube length, not personal choice — a fixture is built for one specific length and won't run a different one. Check the tube you're replacing, or your fixture's spec sheet, for the length it takes: 550 mm needs the 24 W, 850 mm needs the 39 W.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e any T5 HO reef fixture built for a 550 mm or 850 mm tube, run as the daylight tube alongside an actinic in a mixed spectrum, or on its own over a small reef or refugium.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e fixtures built for T8 or standard (non-HO) T5 tubes — this is a high-output tube and needs an HO-rated ballast. Not intended as the only tube in a display reef; pair it with an actinic for coral colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAqua Medic does not publish a PAR-at-depth chart for this tube on its own, because the PAR reaching the tank depends on the reflector and fixture it runs in, not the tube in isolation. For PAR planning, use the performance chart published for your specific fixture rather than the bare tube figure. As general practice across T5 HO brands — not a figure Aqua Medic publishes for this specific tube — the blue end of the spectrum that corals use falls away well before the tube stops lighting, so most reef keepers replace T5 tubes on a schedule of roughly 9 to 12 months rather than waiting for visible dimming.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the tube and reflector free of salt creep regularly — a dusty reflector loses more output than an ageing tube.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace on a schedule rather than waiting for visible colour shift or failure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLet the tube cool before handling after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Aqua Medic's standard manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a standard parcel — no special handling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aqua-medic-aqualine-t5-reef-blue\"\u003eAqua Medic Aqualine T5 Reef Blue\u003c\/a\u003e — the matching actinic tube for a full white-and-blue reef spectrum.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the 39W tube in a fixture built for 24W?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Tube length and wattage are fixed together on T5 HO — a 550 mm fixture takes the 24 W tube and an 850 mm fixture takes the 39 W tube. Fitting the wrong length isn't physically possible in most fixtures, since the pins won't reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this tube alone light a reef tank properly?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt gives a clean 10,000K daylight spectrum, but most reef keepers pair it with an actinic (Reef Blue) tube in a multi-tube fixture rather than running it alone, for the blue wavelengths corals respond to.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I know when to replace it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA T5 tube keeps lighting long after its usable spectrum for coral growth has dropped off. Replacing on a set schedule — commonly every 9 to 12 months — rather than waiting for visible dimming is standard T5 practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it fit non-Aqua Medic fixtures?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It uses the standard G5 bi-pin base and T5 HO length sizing shared across the market, so it fits any T5 HO fixture built for a 550 mm or 850 mm tube.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"24w","offer_id":55285030125859,"sku":"AB88720","price":66.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"39w","offer_id":55335270613283,"sku":"AB88721","price":71.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-medic-aqualine-t5-reef-43507416105251.webp?v=1790234312"},{"product_id":"aqua-curve-aluminium-led-lamp-12w","title":"Aqua Curve Aluminium LED Lamp 12W","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 12 W LED lamp in an aluminium housing, from Bioscape.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Curve Aluminium LED Lamp is a light unit only, not a complete aquarium. Bioscape has not published a detailed spec sheet for it, so this listing sticks to what is confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 W LED\u003c\/strong\u003e lamp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium housing\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 12 W LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHousing: aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBioscape code: AC18C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour temperature, LED count, dimensions and mounting method: not published by Bioscape; ask us to confirm before you order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts Bioscape code, AC18C, sits in the same series as the Bioscape Tropic Clearview 20 litre desktop aquarium (AC18) and that tank's replacement filter cartridge (AC18a), but Bioscape does not publish which tanks this lamp fits. If you are buying it as a replacement light, check your tank's model and ask us to confirm the fit first. It is not sold as a reef (coral) light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the power supply and cable joins clear of splashes and drips, and run it from an RCD (safety switch) protected outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law against manufacturing faults. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55293047243043,"sku":"AC18C","price":103.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/AC18c_2.jpg?v=1789871916"},{"product_id":"bioscape-led-landscape-bamboo","title":"Bioscape LED Landscape Bamboo","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA freestanding grow light that sits beside the tank rather than clipping to it.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bioscape LED Landscape Bamboo is a 6500K LED plant light on a bamboo-and-steel base with a flexible gooseneck, built for aquascapes, moss terrariums, Wabi-Kusa and potted plants as much as for aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible gooseneck\u003c\/strong\u003e — the neck bends and holds its position, so the light angle can be aimed at a Wabi-Kusa arrangement, an open-top tank or a pot rather than only straight down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding base\u003c\/strong\u003e — a bamboo base with black steel body sits beside the setup instead of clipping to glass, so it works on tanks, terrariums and plant displays alike.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 7W light on a smaller base and a 9W light on a larger base, both running the same 6500K spectrum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVariant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase footprint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUpright height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6500K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27 x 30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by Bioscape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6500K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 x 35cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.88kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 9W sits on a larger base, 32 x 35cm versus 27 x 30cm, and stands taller, 45cm versus 35cm, so it suits a bigger display or a taller open-top tank where the light needs more reach. The 7W is the more compact option for a smaller Wabi-Kusa bowl or nano setup. Bioscape hasn't published a PAR or lux figure for either wattage, so the difference in light intensity delivered to the plants isn't quantified — base size and height are the clearest guide to which fits your space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my setup?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the footprint, 27 x 30cm for the 7W or 32 x 35cm for the 9W, against the bench or tank-top space available. This is a freestanding light, not a clip-on, so it needs its own base area rather than just clearing the rim.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for open-top aquariums, moss terrariums, Wabi-Kusa bowls and potted plants where a freestanding, adjustable light is wanted. Not suitable where bench space is too tight for the base footprint, or for tanks with a full hood or canopy that would block the gooseneck's reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eRunning costs and noise\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth run silently, with no fan. At a typical 8 hours a day, the 7W version uses around 20 kWh a year and the 9W version around 26 kWh a year — roughly $6 and $8 a year respectively at 30c\/kWh. Bioscape hasn't published the operating voltage; check the plug pack or packaging for AU electrical ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered against manufacturing defects under Bioscape's warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it clip to the tank like the Clip-on Lamp?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — it's a freestanding light on its own bamboo base, positioned beside the tank or planter rather than clipped to the rim.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the 7W and 9W?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBase size and height: the 9W sits on a 32 x 35cm base and stands 45cm tall, versus 27 x 30cm and 35cm for the 7W. Both run the same 6500K spectrum.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it for a terrarium or Wabi-Kusa bowl, not just an aquarium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Bioscape markets it for potted plants, moss terrariums and Wabi-Kusa as well as aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the gooseneck stay in position once bent?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it's a flexible gooseneck designed to hold the angle it's bent to.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"7w","offer_id":55335055589667,"sku":null,"price":102.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"9w","offer_id":55293049176355,"sku":"BIS11","price":123.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/bioscape-led-landscape-bambo-10281367077155-1-dq.webp?v=1790372667"},{"product_id":"bioscape-led-landscape-duel-bamboo-base-9w-x-2","title":"Bioscape LED Landscape Dual Bamboo Base 9w x 2","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo 9W bamboo-based grow lights on one shared footprint, angled independently.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Dual Bamboo Base pairs two of Bioscape's 6500K LED landscape lights on a single 60 x 40cm bamboo base, so a wider aquascape, terrarium or desk planting gets even coverage from two adjustable heads instead of one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy you need one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA single Landscape Bamboo light covers a modest footprint well, but wider tanks and multi-plant terrarium setups end up with a dim gap at the far end when lit from one point. Running two heads from one base spreads the light across the full width without buying and plugging in two separate lamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo independent 9W heads\u003c\/strong\u003e — 18W combined, each on its own flexible gooseneck so the two beams can be aimed at different parts of the layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6500K daylight-white LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same colour temperature as Bioscape's single Landscape Bamboo light, suited to plant growth and natural-looking viewing rather than a blue or warm tint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne shared base, one footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 60 x 40cm base takes up one spot on the cabinet or desk rather than two.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40cm support stem\u003c\/strong\u003e — lifts both heads clear of the water line or terrarium canopy for adjustment room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural bamboo construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — sits as a piece of furniture next to the tank rather than a clip-on aquarium fixture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight heads\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase footprint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStem height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9W each (18W combined)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6500K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 x 40cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause both heads sit on an external bamboo base rather than clamping to the tank rim, fit is about desk or cabinet-top space rather than glass thickness — allow a clear 60 x 40cm footprint beside or behind the aquarium, with room for the 40cm stems to stand upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for planted aquariums, aquascapes, terrariums and desk plant displays where one wide light source is more practical than two separate lamps. Not suitable as a submersible or clip-on in-tank light — both heads sit above and beside the water, not in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the bamboo base dry if it's splashed — bamboo isn't a submersible material and prolonged wet contact will mark it. If one head stops working while the other stays lit, the fault is almost always in that head's own transformer rather than the shared base; Bioscape's single BIS11 transformer is the closest equivalent spare part, though cross-compatibility with this dual unit isn't confirmed by the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered against manufacturing defects under Bioscape's warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I angle the two heads separately?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — each head has its own flexible gooseneck, so they can point at different areas of the layout rather than both aiming the same direction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this the same light as the single Landscape Bamboo 9w, just doubled?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — each head matches the single Bioscape Landscape Bamboo 9w (6500K, 9W), mounted in pairs on a wider shared base rather than sold as two separate lamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes Bioscape publish a PAR reading for this light?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — Bioscape markets this as a landscape and grow light rather than a PAR-rated planted-tank fixture, and doesn't publish a PAR-at-depth chart for it. For a dedicated high-light planted tank, a PAR-rated fixture from Bioscape's aquarium lighting range is the better-documented choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this work over a terrarium as well as an aquarium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — Bioscape markets the single-head version for aquariums, aquascapes, terrariums and general plant-growing use, and the dual-head base follows the same application.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55293049438499,"sku":"BIS129","price":218.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/bioscape-led-landscape-duel-43179087724835.webp?v=1790233447"},{"product_id":"bioscape-super-slim-led-clamping-light","title":"Bioscape Super Slim LED Clamping Light","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Bioscape Super Slim LED Clamping Light is a low-profile clip-on LED for small to medium aquaria, sold in two power outputs: 9W and 14W.\u003c\/strong\u003e It clamps to the tank rim rather than sitting inside a hood, suiting open-top setups where you want light without a bulky fixture on show. Both versions share the same slim housing and mounting hardware — wattage is the documented difference between them, and it's what decides which one suits your tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltra-slim, low-profile housing that sits unobtrusively along the tank rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-efficiency LEDs for general aquarium illumination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClamp\/adjustable-arm mounting — no hood, lid or drilling required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo power options (9W and 14W) so you can match output to tank size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePositioned by the manufacturer for small to medium aquaria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e9W variant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e14W variant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWattage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBarcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9327975055943\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9327975055950\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClamp\/adjustable arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClamp\/adjustable arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer-stated use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall to medium aquaria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall to medium aquaria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe manufacturer has not published lumen output, colour temperature, beam angle, IP rating or physical dimensions for this model, and we have not been able to confirm these from available spec sheets. If any of these details matter for your setup, please ask us to check with Bioscape before you buy.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 9W and 14W are the same fixture at two power levels, so the choice comes down to tank size and how much light you want over the water. As a rough guide, the 9W suits smaller tanks and the 14W suits longer or deeper ones, but we don't have a manufacturer-confirmed litre or centimetre cutoff to give an exact line between the two. If your tank could go either way, weigh up brighter, more direct light (14W) against a softer, more economical option (9W) — or call us with your tank dimensions and we'll help you pick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth versions use a clamp\/adjustable-arm mount for open-top aquariums without a full hood. We haven't been able to confirm the clamp's rim thickness range or clearance from the manufacturer, so if your tank has an unusually thick rim, a canopy, or a trim that limits access to the rim edge, check with us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for \/ not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable as general display and viewing light for small to medium freshwater or marine aquaria where you want illumination without a hood-mounted fixture. Not confirmed as a plant-growth or coral-growth light — we have no manufacturer PAR or lumen data for this fixture, so we can't say how it performs for photosynthesis-dependent plants or corals. For a planted or reef tank lit specifically for growth, ask us about a fixture with published PAR figures first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRunning costs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndicative only, based on 8 hours of use per day at an assumed electricity rate of $0.30 per kWh. Your actual cost will depend on your electricity plan and how many hours a day you run the light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVariant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEstimated daily cost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEstimated yearly cost\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈2.2c\/day\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈$7.90\/year\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈3.4c\/day\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈$12.30\/year\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a mains-powered aquarium light for use with a standard Australian power point. As with any electrical equipment near water, use it with a residual current device (safety switch) and keep plugs and connections above the waterline. We haven't been able to confirm an IP (water ingress) rating for this fixture, so treat it as equipment to be kept dry rather than a submersible or splash-rated product unless you can confirm otherwise with us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law regardless of any manufacturer warranty period, which we haven't been able to confirm from published Bioscape documentation for this model. Keep your receipt — if it develops a fault, contact us and we'll sort a repair, replacement or refund in line with ACL. We dispatch from our Brisbane\/North Lakes location; standard delivery timeframes apply as shown at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the 9W and 14W versions?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWattage is the confirmed difference — the 14W draws more power and is generally positioned for larger tanks than the 9W. We don't have manufacturer data showing a difference in lumens, spread or colour temperature between the two beyond the wattage itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this grow plants or corals?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe can't confirm that. There's no published PAR or lumen data for this fixture, so treat it as a general display light rather than a growth light unless you can source growth-specific data for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with a stand or hood?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — it's a clamp\/adjustable-arm fixture designed to mount directly to an open-top tank rim rather than sit in a hood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it on a saltwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's suitable as a general display light on a small to medium marine tank. It's not confirmed as a coral-growth light, so for reef tanks with photosynthetic corals you'll want a fixture with documented PAR output.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much will it cost to run?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt an assumed 8 hours a day and 30c\/kWh, the 9W works out to roughly 2.2c a day and the 14W roughly 3.4c a day — see the running costs table above for the yearly estimate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat if I'm not sure which wattage suits my tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact us with your tank's dimensions and we'll help you choose between the 9W and 14W based on what we know about the fixture and similar setups.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"9w","offer_id":55335056408867,"sku":null,"price":54.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14w","offer_id":55293054943523,"sku":"BIS208","price":59.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/bioscape-super-slim-led-clam-43179146838307.webp?v=1790238164"},{"product_id":"bioscape-slim-natural-led-light-unit","title":"Bioscape Slim Natural LED Light Unit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne slim LED bar, three lengths, natural white light.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bioscape Slim Natural LED Light Unit is a low-profile clip-on light bar built to sit flush along the back rim of the tank, running a natural daylight-style white spectrum rather than a colour-shifting reef or planted spectrum. It's sold in 30 cm, 45 cm (10.5 W) and 60 cm (12 W) lengths to match common tank widths, and mounts with the extendable leg and clamp included in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-slim profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — sits low along the rim rather than as a bulky canopy, so it doesn't dominate the top of an open-top tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural daylight-style white spectrum\u003c\/strong\u003e — positioned for general viewing light rather than a plant-growth or reef-colour spectrum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtendable leg and clamp included\u003c\/strong\u003e — mounts to the tank rim without drilling, gluing or a separate bracket purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree lengths, one design\u003c\/strong\u003e — 30 cm, 45 cm and 60 cm bars cover most standard tank widths from the same slim housing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-voltage operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — runs from an included low-voltage power supply rather than exposing mains voltage at the fixture itself.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtendable leg and clamp (included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtendable leg and clamp (included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtendable leg and clamp (included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch the bar length to your tank's width — the back rim's left-to-right span — rather than its front-to-back depth — the clamp mounts along the rim, and the extendable leg takes up any small gap between bar and glass. If your tank sits between two of the three lengths, size down rather than up; a shorter bar with good clamp contact mounts more securely than a longer one overhanging the rim.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater and marine aquariums where general daylight-style viewing light is wanted, and for open-top or low-clearance tanks where a slim rim-mount suits better than a full canopy or overhead fixture. Not intended as a plant-growth or coral-growth light — Bioscape doesn't publish a PAR chart for this fixture, and the natural-white spectrum is built for viewing rather than photosynthesis. Where PAR at the substrate actually matters — a heavily planted or reef tank — a dedicated plant or reef light is the better fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the lens and housing down during routine tank maintenance to keep output consistent — salt creep and water spots on the lens cut visible brightness over time even though the LEDs themselves are long-lived. Check the clamp grip periodically, particularly on thinner rimless glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered against manufacturing defects under Bioscape's warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Runs on a 240 V household supply through the included low-voltage power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich length do I need?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure your tank's rim from left to right (its width) and pick the closest bar at or just under that measurement — 30 cm, 45 cm or 60 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with a timer or dimmer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this unit is a fixed-output light with no built-in timer or dimming control. Pair it with a separate power timer if you want an automated photoperiod.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it on a planted or reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can run it for general viewing, but it isn't sold as a plant-growth or reef light — Bioscape hasn't published PAR figures for it, so treat it as supplementary or display lighting rather than your tank's primary growth light.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the mounting hardware included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the extendable leg and clamp needed to mount it to the tank rim are included in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"30cm","offer_id":55335055753507,"sku":null,"price":59.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"45cm 10.5w","offer_id":55293055172899,"sku":"BIS227","price":78.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"60cm 12w","offer_id":55335055786275,"sku":"BIS228","price":90.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/bioscape-slim-natural-led-li-43179147067683.webp?v=1790238164"},{"product_id":"bioscape-led-bowl-lamp-5w","title":"Bioscape LED Bowl Lamp 5w","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clip-on white LED for bowls and small round tanks.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bioscape LED Bowl Lamp is a 5 W LED light that clips onto the edge of a small bowl or aquarium. It is designed for cylindrical and bowl shaped aquariums and terrariums, and gives a bright white 6500 K light (K, or kelvin, is the colour temperature; 6500 K is a crisp daylight white) for plant growth and viewing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClip-on mount\u003c\/strong\u003e that attaches to the edge of a bowl or small tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6500 K white light\u003c\/strong\u003e, suited to plant growth and viewing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for round tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e: cylindrical and bowl shaped aquariums and terrariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 5 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour temperature: 6500 K\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMount: clips onto the rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for fish bowls, small cylinder tanks and small terrariums. Not suitable as the main light for larger aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the lamp and its power supply clear of splash, and plug it into an RCD (safety switch) protected outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAny manufacturer's warranty applies in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55293070803235,"sku":"BIS99","price":50.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/bioscape-led-bowl-lamp-5w-10281380970787-1-dq.webp?v=1790372664"},{"product_id":"evo-slim-natural-led-light-unit-45cm-10-5w","title":"Evo - Slim Natural LED Light Unit 45cm 10.5w","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA slim 45 cm LED light with daylight-white output for freshwater tanks.\u003c\/strong\u003e The AquaZonic Evo Slim Natural LED Light Unit gives white light close to natural daylight. This is the 45 cm, 10.5 W unit, and its extendable legs and clamp (included) let it sit across aquariums about 45 to 55 cm long without extra mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDaylight white\u003c\/strong\u003e light, close to natural daylight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtendable legs and clamp included\u003c\/strong\u003e for mounting on the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow power use\u003c\/strong\u003e and low heat compared with other types of lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: 45 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 10.5 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: daylight white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits tanks: about 45 to 55 cm long\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: light unit with extendable legs and clamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCode: QHU177\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater aquariums about 45 to 55 cm long, lighting fish and low to medium light plants. On a deeper tank, or for more plant growth, two units may be needed. For high-light plants, choose a stronger plant light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the light and its power supply out of the water and clear of splashes, and run it from an RCD (safety switch) protected outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour rights under Australian Consumer Law apply. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55293073457443,"sku":"QHU177","price":71.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/evo-slim-natural-led-light-u-43179184455971.webp?v=1790234716"},{"product_id":"aqua-zonic-evo-slim-natural-led-light-unit-30cm-10w","title":"Aqua Zonic EVO Slim Natural LED Light Unit 30cm 10w","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA slim daylight white LED for 30 cm tanks, with the leg and clamp included.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Zonic EVO Slim Natural LED Light Unit gives a daylight white light close to natural daylight. The extendable leg and clamp come in the box, so it mounts on the tank without extra parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural daylight colour\u003c\/strong\u003e, a white light close to natural daylight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtendable leg and clamp included\u003c\/strong\u003e for easy mounting on the tank rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnergy saving LEDs\u003c\/strong\u003e with low power use and low heat output.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlim profile\u003c\/strong\u003e, about 1 cm thick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 30 cm model; light unit about 27 cm x 4.4 cm x 1 cm, excluding the legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegs: extend to about 40 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: daylight white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: light unit, extendable leg and clamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for open top aquariums around 30 cm long. Not suitable for use under an enclosed canopy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the light and its power supply clear of splash, and plug it into an RCD (safety switch) protected outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAny manufacturer's warranty applies in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55293073654051,"sku":"QHU176","price":66.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aqua-zonic-evo-slim-natural-43179184587043.webp?v=1790234716"},{"product_id":"evo-slim-natural-led-light-unit-60cm-12w","title":"Evo- Slim Natural LED Light Unit 60cm 12w","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA slim 60 cm LED light with daylight-white output for freshwater tanks.\u003c\/strong\u003e The AquaZonic Evo Slim Natural LED Light Unit gives white light close to natural daylight. This is the 60 cm, 12 W unit, and its extendable legs and clamp (included) let it sit across aquariums about 60 to 70 cm long without extra mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDaylight white\u003c\/strong\u003e light, close to natural daylight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtendable legs and clamp included\u003c\/strong\u003e for mounting on the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow power use\u003c\/strong\u003e and low heat compared with other types of lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: 60 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: 12 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: daylight white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits tanks: about 60 to 70 cm long\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: light unit with extendable legs and clamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCode: QHU178\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater aquariums about 60 to 70 cm long, lighting fish and low to medium light plants, or for lighting a refugium (a separate planted or algae section of a filter system). On a deeper tank, or for more plant growth, two units may be needed. For high-light plants, choose a stronger plant light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the light and its power supply out of the water and clear of splashes, and run it from an RCD (safety switch) protected outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour rights under Australian Consumer Law apply. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bioscape","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55293073588515,"sku":"QHU178","price":79.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/evo-slim-natural-led-light-u-43179184619811.webp?v=1790234716"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/collections\/AC18c_fcab12bd-2692-48dd-a95e-5f7d9c832be3.jpg?v=1788252729","url":"https:\/\/nicksaquariumoceanariumterrarium.com.au\/collections\/sw-lighting.oembed","provider":"Nicks AOT","version":"1.0","type":"link"}